Pyrrolotriazine Derivatives Useful For Treating Hyper-Proliferative Disorders And Diseases Associated With Angiogenesis

ABSTRACT

This invention relates to novel pyrrozolotriazine compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds and the use of those compounds and compositions for the prevention and/or treatment of hyper-proliferative disorders and diseases associated with angiogenesis.

This invention relates to novel pyrrozolotriazine compounds,pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds and the use ofthose compounds and compositions for the prevention and/or treatment ofhyper-proliferative disorders and diseases associated with angiogenesis.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

To support progressive tumor growth beyond the size of 1-2 mm³, it isrecognized that tumor cells require a functional stroma, a supportstructure consisting of fibroblast, smooth muscle cells, endothelialcells, extracellular matrix proteins, and soluble factors (Folkman, J.,Semin Oncol, 2002. 29(6 Suppl 16), 15-8). Tumors induce the formation ofstromal tissues through the secretion of soluble growth factors such asPDGF and transforming growth factor-beta (TGF-beta), which in turnstimulate the secretion of complimentary factors by host cells such asfibroblast growth factor (FGF), epidermal growth factor (EGF), andvascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF). These stimulatory factorsinduce the formation of new blood vessels, or angiogenesis, which bringsoxygen and nutrients to the tumor and allows it to grow and provides aroute for metastasis. It is believed some therapies directed atinhibiting stroma formation will inhibit the growth of epithelial tumorsfrom a wide variety of histological types. (George, D. Semin Oncol,2001. 28(5 Suppl 17), 27-33; Shaheen, R. M., et al., Cancer Res, 2001.61(4), 1464-8; Shaheen, R. M., et al. Cancer Res, 1999. 59(21), 5412-6).However, because of the complex nature and the multiple growth factorsinvolved in angiogenesis process and tumor progression, an agenttargeting a single pathway may have limited efficacy. It is desirable toprovide treatment against a number of key signaling pathways utilized bytumors to induce angiogenesis in the host stroma. These include PDGF, apotent stimulator of stroma formation (Ostman, A. and C. H. Heldin, AdvCancer Res, 2001, 80, 1-38), FGF, a chemo-attractant and mitogen forfibroblasts and endothelial cells, and VEGF, a potent regulator ofvascularization. A major regulator of angiogenesis and vasculogenesis inboth embryonic development and some angiogenic-dependent diseases isvascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF; also called vascularpermeability factor, VPF). VEGF represents a family of isoforms ofmitogens existing in homodimeric forms due to alternative RNA splicing.The VEGF isoforms are reported to be highly specific for vascularendothelial cells (for reviews, see: Farrara et al. Endocr. Rev. 1992,13, 18; Neufield et al. FASEB J. 1999, 13, 9).

VEGF expression is reported to be induced by hypoxia (Shweiki et al.Nature 1992, 359, 843), as well as by a variety of cytokines and growthfactors, such as interleukin-1, interleukin-6, epidermal growth factorand transforming growth factor. To date, VEGF and the VEGF familymembers have been reported to bind to one or more of three transmembranereceptor tyrosine kinases (Mustonen et al. J. Cell Biol., 1995, 129,895), VEGF receptor-1 (also known as flt-1 (fms-like tyrosinekinase-1)), VEGFR-2 (also known as kinase insert domain containingreceptor (KDR); the murine analogue of KDR is known as fetal liverkinase-1 (fik-1)), and VEGFR-3 (also known as flt-4). KDR and flt-i havebeen shown to have different signal transduction properties(Waltenberger et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1994, 269, 26988); Park et al.Oncogene 1995, 10, 135). Thus, KDR undergoes strong ligand-dependanttyrosine phosphorylation in intact cells, whereas flt-i displays a weakresponse. Thus, binding to KDR is believed to be a critical requirementfor induction of the full spectrum of VEGF-mediated biologicalresponses.

In vivo, VEGF plays a central role in vasculogenesis, and inducesangiogenesis and permeabilization of blood vessels. Deregulated VEGFexpression contributes to the development of a number of diseases thatare characterized by abnormal angiogenesis and/or hyperpermeabilityprocesses. It is believed regulation of the VEGF-mediated signaltransduction cascade by some agents can provide a useful mode forcontrol of abnormal angiogenesis and/or hyperpermeability processes.

The vascular endothelial growth factors (VEGF, VEGF-C, VEGF-D) and theirreceptors (VEGFR2, VEGFR3) are not only key regulators of tumorangiogenesis, but also lymphangiogenesis. VEGF, VEGF-C and VEGF-D areexpressed in most tumors, primarily during periods of tumor growth and,often at substantially increased levels. VEGF expression is stimulatedby hypoxia, cytokines, oncogenes such as ras, or by inactivation oftumor suppressor genes (McMahon, G. Oncologist 2000, 5(Suppl. 1), 3-10;McDonald, N. Q.; Hendrickson, W. A. Cell 1993, 73, 421-424)

The biological activities of the VEGFs are mediated through binding totheir receptors. VEGFR3 (also called Flt-4) is predominantly expressedon lymphatic endothelium in normal adult tissues. VEGFR3 function isneeded for new lymphatic vessel formation, but not for maintenance ofthe pre-existing lymphatics. VEGFR3 is also upregulated on blood vesselendothelium in tumors. Recently VEGF-C and VEGF-D, ligands for VEGFR3,have been identified as regulators of lymphangiogenesis in mammals.Lymphangiogenesis induced by tumor-associated lymphangiogenic factorscould promote the growth of new vessels into the tumor, providing tumorcells access to systemic circulation. Cells that invade the lymphaticscould find their way into the bloodstream via the thoracic duct. Tumorexpression studies have allowed a direct comparison of VEGF-C, VEGF-Dand VEGFR3 expression with clinicopathological factors that relatedirectly to the ability of primary tumors to spread (e.g., lymph nodeinvolvement, lymphatic invasion, secondary metastases, and disease-freesurvival). In many instances, these studies demonstrate a statisticalcorrelation between the expression of lymphangiogenic factors and theability of a primary solid tumor to metastasize (Skobe, M. et al. NatureMed. 2001, 7(2), 192-198; Stacker, S. A. et al. Nature Med. 2001, 7(2),186-191; Makinen, T. et al. Nature Med. 2001, 7(2), 199-205; Mandriota,S. J. et al. EMBO J. 2001, 20(4), 672-82; Karpanen, T. et al. CancerRes. 2001, 61(5), 1786-90; Kubo, H. et al. Blood 2000, 96(2), 546-53).

Hypoxia appears to be an important stimulus for VEGF production inmalignant cells. Activation of p38 MAP kinase is required for VEGFinduction by tumor cells in response to hypoxia (Blaschke, F. et al.Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 2002, 296, 890-896; Shemirani, B. et al.Oral Oncology 2002, 38, 251-257). In addition to its involvement inangiogenesis through regulation of VEGF secretion, p38 MAP kinasepromotes malignant cell invasion, and migration of different tumor typesthrough regulation of collagenase activity and urokinase plasminogenactivator expression (Laferriere, J. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 2001, 276,33762-33772; Westermarck, J. et al. Cancer Res. 2000, 60, 7156-7162;Huang, S. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 2000, 275, 12266-12272; Simon, C. et al.Exp. Cell Res. 2001, 271, 344-355). Moreover, VEGF activates theextracellular signal-regulated protein kinase (ERK) in human umbilicalvein endothelial cells (HUVEC) (Yu, Y.; Sato, D. J. Cell Physiol 1999,178, 235-246).

PDGF is another key -regulator of stromal formation which is secreted bymany tumors in a paracrine fashion and is believed to promote the growthof fibroblasts, smooth muscle and endothelial cells, promoting stromaformation and angiogenesis. PDGF was originally identified as the v-sisoncogene product of the simian sarcoma virus (Heldin, C. H., et al., JCell Sci Suppl, 1985, 3, 65-76). The growth factor is made up of twopeptide chains, referred to as A or B chains which share 60% homology intheir primary amino acid sequence. The chains are disulfide cross linkedto form the 30 kDa mature protein composed of either AA, BB or AB homo-or heterodimmers. PDGF is found at high levels in platelets, and isexpressed by endothelial cells and vascular smooth muscle cells. Inaddition, the production of PDGF is up regulated under low oxygenconditions such as those found in poorly vascularized tumor tissue(Kourembanas, S., et al., Kidney Int, 1997, 51(2), 438-43). PDGF bindswith high affinity to the PDGF receptor, a 1106 amino acid 124 kDatransmembrane tyrosine kinase receptor (Heldin, C. H., A. Ostman, and L.Ronnstrand, Biochim Biophys Acta, 1998. 1378(1), 79-113). PDGFR is foundas homo- or heterodimer chains which have 30% homology overall in theiramino acid sequence and 64% homology between their kinase domains(Heldin, C. H., et al. Embo J, 1988, 7(5), 1387-93). PDGFR is a memberof a family of tyrosine kinase receptors with split kinase domains thatincludes VEGFR2 (KDR), VEGFR3 (Flt4), c-Kit, and FLT3. The PDGF receptoris expressed primarily on fibroblast, smooth muscle cells, and pericytesand to a lesser extent on neurons, kidney mesangial, Leydig, and Schwanncells of the central nervous system. Upon binding to the receptor, PDGFinduces receptor dimerization and undergoes auto- andtrans-phosphorylation of tyrosine residues which increase the receptors'kinase activity and promotes the recruitment of downstream effectorsthrough the activation of SH2 protein binding domains. A number ofsignaling molecules form complexes with activated PDGFR includingPI-3-kinase, phospholipase C-gamma, src and GAP (GTPase activatingprotein for p21-ras) (Soskic, V., et al. Biochemistry, 1999, 38(6),1757-64). Through the activation of PI-3-kinase, PDGF activates the Rhosignaling pathway inducing cell motility and migration, and through theactivation of GAP, induces mitogenesis through the activation of p21-rasand the MAPK signaling pathway.

In adults, it is believed the major function of PDGF is to facilitateand increase the rate of wound healing and to maintain blood vesselhomeostasis (Baker, E. A. and D. J. Leaper, Wound Repair Regen, 2000.8(5), 392-8; Yu, J., A. Moon, and H. R. Kim, Biochem Biophys Res Commun,2001. 282(3), 697-700). PDGF is found at high concentrations inplatelets and is a potent chemoattractant for fibroblast, smooth musclecells, neutrophils and macrophages. In addition to its role in woundhealing PDGF is known to help maintain vascular homeostasis. During thedevelopment of new blood vessels, PDGF recruits pericytes and smoothmuscle cells that are needed for the structural integrity of thevessels. PDGF is thought to play a similar role during tumorneovascularization. As part of its role in angiogenesis PDGF controlsinterstitial fluid pressure, regulating the permeability of vesselsthrough its regulation of the interaction between connective tissuecells and the extracellular matrix. Inhibiting PDGFR activity can lowerinterstitial pressure and facilitate the influx of cytotoxics intotumors improving the anti-tumor efficacy of these agents (Pietras, K.,et al. Cancer Res, 2002. 62(19), 5476-84; Pietras, K., et al. CancerRes, 2001. 61(7), 2929-34).

PDGF can promote tumor growth through either the paracrine or autocrinestimulation of PDGFR receptors on stromal cells or tumor cells directly,or through the amplification of the receptor or activation of thereceptor by recombination. Over expressed PDGF can transform humanmelanoma cells and keratinocytes (Forsberg, K., et al. Proc Natl AcadSci USA., 1993. 90(2), 393-7; Skobe, M. and N. E. Fusenig, Proc NatlAcad Sci USA, 1998. 95(3), 1050-5), two cell types that do not expressPDGF receptors, presumably by the direct effect of PDGF on stromaformation and induction of angiogenesis. This paracrine stimulation oftumor stroma is also observed in carcinomas of the colon, lung, breast,and prostate (Bhardwaj, B., et al. Clin Cancer Res, 1996, 2(4), 773-82;Nakanishi, K., et al. Mod Pathol, 1997, 10(4), 341-7; Sundberg, C., etal. Am J Pathol, 1997, 151(2), 479-92; Lindmark, G., et al. Lab Invest,1993, 69(6), 682-9; Vignaud, J. M., et al, Cancer Res, 1994, 54(20),5455-63) where the tumors express PDGF, but not the receptor. Theautocrine stimulation of tumor cell growth, where a large faction oftumors analyzed express both the ligand PDGF and the receptor, has beenreported in glioblastomas (Fleming, T. P., et al. Cancer Res, 1992,52(16), 4550-3), soft tissue sarcomas (Wang, J., M. D. Coltrera, and A.M. Gown, Cancer Res, 1994, 54(2), 560-4) and cancers of the ovary(Henriksen, R., et al. Cancer Res, 1993, 53(19), 4550-4), prostate(Fudge, K., C. Y. Wang, and M. E. Stearns, Mod Pathol, 1994, 7(5),549-54), pancreas (Funa, K., et al. Cancer Res, 1990, 50(3), 748-53) andlung (Antoniades, H. N., et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 1992, 89(9),3942-6). Ligand independent activation of the receptor is found to alesser extent but has been reported in chronic myelomonocytic leukemia(CMML) where the a chromosomal translocation event forms a fusionprotein between the Ets-like transcription factor TEL and the PDGFreceptor. In addition, activating mutations in PDGFR have been found ingastrointestinal stromal tumors in which c-Kit activation is notinvolved (Heinrich, M. C., et al., Science, 2003, 9, 9).

Certain PDGFR inhibitors will interfere with tumor stromal developmentand are believed to inhibit tumor growth and metastasis.

The link between activity in tumor cell proliferation assays in vitroand anti-tumor activity in the clinical setting has been wellestablished in the art. For example, the therapeutic utility of taxol(Silvestrini et al. Stem Cells 1993, 11(6), 528-35), taxotere (Bisseryet al. Anti Cancer Drugs 1995, 6(3), 339), and topoisomerase inhibitors(Edelman et al. Cancer Chemother.

Cells protect their DNA by adopting a higher-order complex termedchromatin. Chromatin condensation is evident during mitosis and celldeath induced by apoptosis while chromatin decondensation is necessaryfor replication, repair, recombination and transcription. Histones areamong some of the DNA-binding proteins that are involved in theregulation of DNA condensation; and post-translational modifications ofhistone tails serve a critical role in the dynamiccondensation/decondensation that occurs during the cell cycle.Phoshorylation of the tails of histone H3 is involved in bothtranscription and cell division (Prigent et al. J. Cell Science 2003,116, 3677). A number of protein kinases have been reported tophosphorylate histone H3 and these kinases function both as signaltransduction and mitotic kinases.

PylTolotriazine derivatives have been described as having kinaseinhibitory activity in U.S. application Ser. No. 10/289,010, U.S. Pat.No. 6,670,357, WO 2001/19828, WO 2003/042172, WO 2004/009542, WO2004/009601, WO 2004/009784 and WO 2004/013145.

In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula(I)

wherein

-   -   R¹ is selected from the group consisting of aryl, benzyl, and        heteroaryl,        -   wherein aryl and heteroalyl can be optionally substituted            with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents independently selected            from the group consisting of            -   (C₁-C₄)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₄)alkyl can be substituted                with 0, 1, 2 or 3 halogen, 0 or 1 heterocyclyl, or 0 or                1 (C₁-C₃)alkoxy, wherein (C₁-C₃)alkoxy can be optionally                substituted with (C₁-C₃)alkylamino,            -   (C₁-C₃)alkoxy, wherein (C₁-C₃)alkoxy can be optionally                substituted with (C₁-C₃)alkylamino,            -   halogen,            -   trifluoromethyl,            -   trifluoromethoxy,            -   (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,            -   phenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 halogen,                wherein X is CH₂, O, S or NR¹⁻¹, and wherein R¹⁻¹ is                hydrogen or (C₁-C₆)alkyl,            -   nitro,            -   cyano,            -   (C₁-C₃)alkylthio,            -   trifluoromethylthio,            -   (C₁-C₃)alkylcarbonyl,            -   (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, and            -   phenoxy, wherein phenoxy can optionally be substituted                with 0, 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from                the group consisting of (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,                trifluoromethoxy, and halogen,        -   and        -   wherein benzyl can be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 groups            selected from halogen, (C₁-C₃)alkyl, and (C₁-C₃)alkoxy;    -   R² is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen,        (C₁-C₄)alkyl and (C₁-C₄)alkoxy;    -   R³ is selected from the group consisting of        -   carboxyl,        -   formyl,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkylcarbonyl optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2, or            3 groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, hydroxy,            (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, and heterocycle,        -   (C₃-C₆)cycloalkylcarbonyl,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2,            or 3 groups selected from amino, and (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl,        -   aminocarbonyl,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl            can optionally be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 substituents            independently selected from the group consisting of            (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, halogen, amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino,            hydroxy, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl,            (C₁-C₆)alkylthio, (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonylamino, and            methylsulfonyl, and wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can            optionally be substituted with or 0 or 1 heterocyclyl,            wherein heterocyclyl can optionally be substituted with 0 or            1 (C₁-C₆)alkyl, and wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can            optionally be substituted with 0 or 1 phenyl, wherein phenyl            can optionally be substituted with 0 or 1 halogen,            (C₁-C₆)alkyl, or (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,        -   heterocyclylcarbonyl optionally substituted with 0 or 1            amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, cycloalkyl, or (C₁-C₆)alkyl,            wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can optionally be substituted with 0 or            1 amino or (C₁-C₆)alkylamino,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkyl optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of            -   a) hydroxyl,            -   b) amino,            -   c) (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylamino can be                substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents                independently selected from the group consisting of                halogen, amino, alkylamino, methoxy, methylthio, and                methylsulfonyl,            -   d) arylamino, wherein arylamino can be substituted with                0, 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the                group consisting of (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, and                trifluoromethyl,            -   e) heterocyclyl, wherein heterocyclyl can be substituted                with 0, 1 or 2 (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can be                substituted with 0, 1 or 2 hydroxy, methoxy or pyridyl,            -   f) imidazolyl,            -   g) pyridylamino,            -   h) (C₁-C₃)alkoxy optionally substituted by fluoro up to                the perfluoro level, or by heterocycle, wherein                heterocycle can optionally be substituted by 0 or 1                (C₁-C₆)alkyl,            -   i) (C₁-C₃)alkoxy(C₂-C₃)alkoxy, and            -   j) (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl,            -   k) (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,            -   l) cyano,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, and heterocyclyl,            wherein heterocyclyl can be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3            (C₁-C₆)alkyl,        -   (C₃-C₆)cycloalkylaminocarbonyl optionally substituted with            (C₁-C₃)alkyl,        -   cyano,        -   heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl can be substituted with 0, 1,            2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group            consisting of            -   a) (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can be subsituted                with 0, 1, 2, or 3 halogen, 0 or 1 heterocyclyl, 0 or 1                alkylamino, or 0 or 1 hydroxy or methoxy,            -   b) halogen,            -   c) amino,            -   d) alkylamino,            -   e) (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, and            -   f) (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,        -   heteroarylcarbonyl, which can be substituted with 0, 1, 2,            or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting            of (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl and halogen,        -   heterocyclyl, wherein heterocyclyl can be substituted with            0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group            consisting of (C₁-C₆)alkyl and (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl; and    -   R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy and halogen;    -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Depending on their structure, the compounds according to the inventioncan exist in stereoisomeric forms (enantiomers, diastereomers). Theinvention therefore relates to the enantiomers or diastereomers and totheir respective mixtures. Such mixtures of enantiomers and/ordiastereomers can be separated into stereoisomerically unitaryconstituents in a known manner.

The invention also relates to tautomers of the compounds, depending onthe structure of the compounds.

A salt for the purposes of the invention is a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt of the compound according to the invention.

Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds (I) include acidaddition salts of mineral acids, carboxylic acids and sulphonic acids,for example salts of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuricacid, phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, ethanesulphonic acid,toluenesulphonic acid, benzenesulphonic acid, naphthalenedisulphonicacid, acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, malicacid, citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid and benzoic acid.

Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds (I) also includesalts of customary bases, such as for example alkali metal salts (forexample sodium and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts (forexample calcium and magnesium salts) and ammonium salts derived fromammonia or organic amines having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, such asethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, ethyldiisopropylamine,monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine,dimethylaminoethanol, procaine, dibenzylamine, N-methylmorpholine,dihydroabietylamine, arginine, lysine, ethylenediamine andmethylpiperidine.

Solvates for the purposes of the invention are those forms of thecompounds that coordinate with solvent molecules to form a complex inthe solid or liquid state. Hydrates are a specific form of solvates,where the coordination is with water.

For the purposes of the present invention, the substituents have thefollowing meanings, unless otherwise specified:

Alkyl represents a linear or branched alkyl radical having generally 1to 6, 1 to 4 or 1 to 3 carbon atoms, representing illustratively methyl,ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and n-hexyl.

Alkoxy in general represents a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbonradical having generally 1 to 6, 1 to 4 or 1 to 3 carbon atoms and boundvia an oxygen atom. Non-limiting examples include methoxy, ethoxy,propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, pentoxy, isopentoxy, hexoxy,isohexoxy. The terms “alkoxy” and “alkyloxy” can be used synonymously.

Alkylamino represents an amino radical having one or two (independentlyselected) alkyl substituents, illustratively representing methylamino,ethylamino, n-propylamino, isopropylamino, tert-butylamino,n-pentylamino, n-hexylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, N,N-diethylamino,N-ethyl-N-methylamino, N-methyl-N-n-propylamino,N-isopropyl-N-n-propylamino, N-t-butyl-N-methylamino,N-ethyl-N-n-pentylamino and N-n-hexyl-N-methylamino.

Alkylthio in general represents a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbonradical having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and bound via an sulfur atom.Non-limiting examples include methylthio and ethylthio.

Arylamino represents an amino radical having one or two (independentlyselected) aryl substituents, illustratively representing phenylamino.

Aminoalkyl represents an alkyl radical substituted with an amino group.Non-limiting examples include aminomethyl and aminoethyl.

Aminocarbonyl represents a free amide group.

Alkylcarbonyl represents a carbonyl group having an alkyl substituent.Non-limiting examples include acetyl, propanoyl, butanoyl,2-methylpropanoyl, and hexanoyl.

Alkylaminocarbonyl represents an aminocarbonyl radical (free amide)having one or two (independently selected) alkyl substituents,illustratively representing methylaminocarbonyl, ethylaminocarbonyl,n-propylaminocarbonyl, isopropylaminocarbonyl, tert-butylaminocarbonyl,n-pentylaminocarbonyl, n-hexylaminocarbonyl, N,N,-dimethylaminocarbonyl,N,N-diethylaminocarbonyl, N-ethyl-N-methylaminocarbonyl,N-methyl-N-n-propylaminocarbonyl, N-isopropyl-N-n-propylaminocarbonyl,N-t-butyl-N-methylaminocarbonyl, N-ethyl-N-n-pentylamino-carbonyl andN-n-hexyl-N-methylaminocarbonyl.

Alkoxycarbonyl represents a carbonyl group having an alkoxy substituent.It illustratively represents methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl,n-propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl,n-pentoxycarbonyl and n-hexoxycarbonyl.

Cycloalkyl represents a monocyclic cycloalkyl radical having generally 3to 8 or 5 to 7 carbon atoms, illustratively representing cyclopropyl,cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.

Aryl represents a mono- to bicyclic carbocyclic radical, which isaromatic at least in one ring, having generally 6 to 10 carbon atoms,illustratively representing phenyl and naphthyl.

Heteroaryl represents an mono- or bicyclic radical having generally 5 to10 or 5 or 6 ring atoms and up to 5, in another embodiment up to 4hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen andsulfur, which is aromatic at least in one ring. It can be attached via aring carbon atom or a ring nitrogen atom. If it represents a bicycle,wherein one ring is aromatic and the other one is not, it can beattached at either ring. Illustrative examples are thienyl, furyl,pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl,pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzofuryl, benzimidazolyl,benzothiophenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, 1,3-benzodioxinyl,1,4-benzodioxinyl, or benzodioxolyl.

Heteroarylcarbonyl represents a heteroaryl residue bonded via a carbonylcarbon atom.

Heterocyclyl represents a mono- or bicyclic, in another embodimentmonocyclic, nonaromatic, i.e. saturated or partially unsaturated radicalhaving generally 4 to 10 or 5 to 8 ring atoms and up to 3, in anotherembodiment up to 2 hetero atoms and/or hetero groups selected from thegroup consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, CO, SO and SO₂. Ifbicyclic, it can be a fused or spiro-connected bicycle. It can beattached via a ring carbon atom or a ring nitrogen atom. Illustrativeexamples are tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, pyrrolidin-2-yl, pyrrolidin-3-yl,pyrrolinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, perhydroazepinyl.

Heterocyclylcarbonyl represents a heterocyclyl residue bonded via acarbonyl carbon atom.

Methylsulfonyl represents a —S(O)₂CH₃ residue.

Halogen or halo represents a substituent selected from the groupconsisting of fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo, in another embodimentfluoro and chloro.

(C₁-C₃)alkox(C₂-C₃)alkoxy represents an 2 to 3 carbon alkoxy groupsubstituted at the 2 or 3-position with a 1 to 3 carbon alkoxy group ,illustratively representing 2-methoxyethoxy (CH₃—O—CH₂CH₂—O—),3-ethoxypropoxy (CH₃CH₂—O—CH₂CH₂CH₂—O—), 2-methoxypropoxy(CH₃—O(CH₃)CHCH₂—O—), 2-isopropoxyethoxy (CH₃(CH₃)CH—O—CH₂CH₂—O—)2-methoxy-1-methylethoxy (CH₃OCH₂(CH₃)CH—O—) or 3-propoxyethoxy,(CH₃CH₂CH₂—O—CH₂CH₂—O—).

(C₃-C₆)cycloalkylaminocarbonyl optionally substituted by (C₁-C₃)alkylrepresents an aminocarbonyl radical (free amide) having one(independently selected) cycloalkyl substituent, which may be optionallysubstituted on the nitrogen atom by a (C₁-C₃)alkyl group andindependently substituted on any available carbon atom by 1 or 2(C₁-C₃)alkyl groups, illustratively representingN-cyclopyropylaminocarbonyl, N-cyclopyropyl-N-methylaminocarbonyl,N-(2-methylcyclopropyl)aminocarbonyl, N-cyclobutylaminocarbonyl,N-(2,2-dimethyl)cyclopropyl)aminocarbonyl, cylcopentylaminocarbonyl,N-(3-ethylcyclopentyl)aminocarbonyl, N-cyclohexylaminocarbonyl,N-cyclohexyl-N-ethylaminocarbonyl, N-(3-propylcyclohexyl)aminocarbonyl,and N-(4,4-dimethylcyclohexyl)aminocarbonyl.

A * symbol next to a bond denotes the point of attachment in themolecule. Alternatively, a dotted line ( . . . ) denotes the bond via aradical is attached to the rest of the molecule.

When prefixes such as (C₁-C₄) are used before substituents, they mean toindicate the respective number of carbon atoms, for example 1 to 4 incase of (C₁-C₄).

When more than one substituent is selected from a group, selection canbe independent of each other. Unless a maximum number of substituents isindicated, substitution can take place up to the maximum number ofavailable substitution locations, e.g. in case of halogenation to theperhalo level.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound offormula (I), wherein

-   -   R¹ is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and        monocyclic heteroaryl having 5 or 6 ring atoms,        -   wherein phenyl and heteroaryl can be optionally substituted            with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents independently selected            from the group consisting of            -   (C₁-C₄)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₄)alkyl can be substituted                with 0, 1, 2 or 3 halogen, 0 or 1 pyrrolidinyl, 0 or 1                morpholinyl, or 0 or 1 (C₁-C₃)alkoxy wherein                -   (C₁-C₃)alkoxy can be optionally substituted with                    (C₁-C₃)alkylamino,            -   (C₁-C₃)alkoxy, wherein (C₁-C₃)alkoxy can be optionally                substituted with (C₁-C₃)alkylamino,            -   halogen,            -   trifluoromethyl,            -   trifluoromethoxy,            -   (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,            -   phenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 halogen,            -   trifluoromethylthio;    -   R² is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen,        (C₁-C₄)alkyl and (C₁-C₄)alkoxy;    -   R³ is selected from the group consisting of        -   carboxyl,        -   formyl,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkylcarbonyl optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2, or            3 groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, hydroxy,            (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, and monocyclic heterocycle having 5 or 6 ring            atoms,        -   (C₃-C₆)cycloalkylcarbonyl,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2,            or 3 groups selected from amino, and (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl,        -   aminocarbonyl,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl            can optionally be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 substituents            independently selected from the group consisting of            (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, halogen, amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino,            hydroxy, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl,            (C₁-C₆)alkylthio, (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonylamino, and            methylsulfonyl, and wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can            optionally be substituted with 0 or 1 hydroxyl or 0 or 1            monocyclic heterocyclyl having 5 or 6 ring atoms, wherein            heterocyclyl can optionally be substituted with 0 or 1            (C₁-C₆)alkyl, and wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can            optionally be substituted with 0 or 1 phenyl, wherein phenyl            can optionally be substituted with 0 or 1 halogen or            (C₁-C₆)alkyl,        -   monocyclic heterocyclylcarbonyl having 5 or 6 ring atoms,            optionally substituted with 0 or 1 amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino,            (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, or (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can            optionally be substituted with 0 or 1 amino or            (C₁-C₆)alkylamino,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkyl optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of            -   a) hydroxyl,            -   b) amino,            -   c) (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylamino can be                substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents                independently selected from the group consisting of                halogen, amino, alkylamino, methoxy, methylthio, and                methylsulfonyl,            -   e) monocyclic heterocyclyl having 5 or 6 ring atoms,                wherein heterocyclyl can be substituted with 0, 1 or 2                (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can be substituted                with 0, 1 or 2 hydroxy, methoxy or pyridyl,            -   f) imidazolyl,            -   h) (C₁-C₃)alkoxy optionally substituted by fluoro up to                the perfluoro level, or by monocyclic heterocycle having                5 or 6 ring atoms, wherein heterocycle can optionally be                substituted by 0 or 1 (C₁-C₆)alkyl,            -   i) (C₁-C₃)alkoxy(C₂-C₃)alkoxy, and            -   j) (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl,            -   k) (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,            -   l) cyano,        -   (C₃-C₆)cycloalkylaminocarbonyl optionally substituted with            (C₁-C₃)alkyl,        -   cyano,        -   heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl can be substituted with 0, 1,            2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group            consisting of            -   a) (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can be subsituted                with 0, 1, 2, or 3 halogen, 0 or 1 monocyclic                heterocyclyl having 5 or 6 ring atoms, 0 or 1                alkylamino, or 0 or 1 hydroxy or methoxy,            -   b) halogen,            -   e) (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, and            -   f) (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,        -   monocyclic heteroarylcarbonyl having 5 or 6 ring atoms,        -   monocyclic heterocyclyl having 5 or 6 ring atoms, wherein            heterocyclyl can be substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups            independently selected from the group consisting of            (C₁-C₆)alkyl and (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl; and    -   R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and        halogen;    -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound offormula (I), wherein

-   -   R¹ is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyrazolyl,        oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl,        -   wherein phenyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl,            pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl can be optionally substituted            with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents independently selected            from the group consisting of            -   (C₁-C₄)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₄)alkyl can be substituted                with 0, 1, 2 or 3 halogen,            -   (C₁-C₃)alkoxy, wherein (C₁-C₃)alkoxy can be optionally                substituted with (C₁-C₃)alkylamino,            -   halogen,            -   trifluoromethyl,            -   trifluoromethoxy,            -   cyclopropyl,            -   phenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 halogen;    -   R² is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro and        chloro;    -   R³ is selected from the group consisting of        -   (C₁-C₆)alkylcarbonyl optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2, or            3 groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, hydroxy,            (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and            piperidinyl,        -   cyclopropylcarbonyl,        -   aminocarbonyl,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl            can optionally be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 substituents            independently selected from the group consisting of            (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, halogen, amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino,            hydroxy, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl,            (C₁-C₆)alkylthio, (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonylamino, and            methylsulfonyl, and wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can            optionally be substituted with 0 or 1 hydroxyl, piperazinyl,            morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl, wherein            piperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl can            optionally be substituted with 0 or 1 (C₁-C₆)alkyl, and            wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can optionally be            substituted with 0 or 1 phenyl, wherein phenyl can            optionally be substituted with 0 or 1 halogen or            (C₁-C₆)alkyl,        -   heterocyclylcarbonyl selected from piperazinylcarbonyl,            morpholinylcarbonyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl or            piperidinylcarbonyl, optionally substituted with 0 or 1            amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, or            (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can optionally be            substituted with 0 or 1 amino or (C₁-C₆)alkylamino,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkyl optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of            -   a) hydroxyl,            -   c) (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylamino can be                substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents                independently selected from the group consisting of                halogen, alkylamino, and methoxy,            -   e) piperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl or                piperidinyl, wherein piperazinyl, morpholinyl,                pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl can be substituted with 0, 1                or 2 (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can be                substituted with 0, 1 or 2 hydroxy or methoxy,            -   f) imidazolyl,            -   h) (C₁-C₃)alkoxy optionally substituted by fluoro up to                the perfluoro level, or by monocyclic heterocycle having                5 or 6 ring atoms, wherein heterocycle can optionally be                substituted by 0 or 1 (C₁-C₆)alkyl,            -   i) (C₁-C₃)alkoxy(C₂-C₃)alkoxy, and            -   j) (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl,            -   k) (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,            -   l) cyano,        -   (C₃-C₆)cycloalkylaminocarbonyl optionally substituted with            (C₁-C₃)alkyl,        -   cyano,        -   pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl,            pyridinyl, imidazolyl or pyrimidinyl, wherein pyrazolyl,            oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridinyl,            imidazolyl or pyrimidinyl can be substituted with 0, 1, 2,            or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting            of            -   a) (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can be subsituted                with 0, 1, 2, or 3 halogen, 0 or 1 alkylamino, or 0 or 1                methoxy,            -   b) halogen, and            -   f) (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,        -   pyrazolylcarbonyl, oxazolylcarbonyl, isoxazolylcarbonyl,            thiazolylcarbonyl, pyridinylcarbonyl or pyrimidinylcarbonyl;            and    -   R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and fluoro;    -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound offormula (I), wherein

-   -   R¹ is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and        monocyclic heteroaryl,        -   wherein aryl and heteroaryl can be optionally substituted            with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents independently selected            from the group consisting of            -   (C₁-C₄)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₄)alkyl can be substituted                with 0, 1, 2 or 3 halogen, 0 or 1 pyrrolidinyl or                morpholinyl, or 0 or 1 (C₁-C₃)alkoxy wherein                -   (C₁-C₃)alkoxy can be optionally substituted with                    (C₁-C₃)alkylamino,            -   (C₁-C₃)alkoxy, wherein (C₁-C₃)alkoxy can be optionally                substituted with (C₁-C₃)alkylamino,            -   halogen,            -   trifluoromethyl,            -   trifluoromethoxy,            -   (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,            -   (C₁-C₃)alkylthio, and            -   phenoxy, wherein phenoxy can optionally be substituted                with 0, 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from                the group consisting of (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,                trifluoromethoxy, and halogen,    -   R² is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen,        (C₁-C₄)alkyl and (C₁-C₄)alkoxy;    -   R³ is selected from the group consisting of        -   carboxyl,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkylcarbonyl optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2, or            3 groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, hydroxy,            (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, and heterocycle,        -   (C₃-C₆)cycloalkylcarbonyl,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl,        -   aminocarbonyl,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl            can optionally be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 substituents            independently selected from the group consisting of            (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, halogen, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, hydroxy and            (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, and wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can            optionally be substituted with or 0 or 1 heterocyclyl,            wherein heterocyclyl can optionally be substituted with 0 or            1 (C₁-C₆)alkyl, and wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can            optionally be substituted with 0 or 1 phenyl, wherein phenyl            can optionally be substituted with 0 or 1 halogen,            (C₁-C₆)alkyl, or (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,        -   heterocyclylcarbonyl optionally substituted with 0 or 1            amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, cycloalkyl, or (C₁-C₆)alkyl,            wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can optionally be substituted with 0 or            1 amino or (C₁-C₆)alkylamino,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkyl optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of            -   a) hydroxyl,            -   c) (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylamino can be                substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents                independently selected from the group consisting of                halogen, amino, alkylamino, methoxy, methylthio, and                methylsulfonyl,            -   e) heterocyclyl, wherein heterocyclyl can be substituted                with 0, 1 or 2 (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can be                substituted with 0, 1 or 2 hydroxy, methoxy or pyridyl,            -   f) imidazolyl,            -   h) (C₁-C₃)alkoxy optionally substituted by fluoro up to                the perfluoro level, or by heterocycle, wherein                heterocycle can optionally be substituted by 0 or 1                (C₁-C₆)alkyl,            -   i) (C₁-C₃)alkoxy(C₂-C₃)alkoxy, and            -   j) (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl,            -   k) (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,        -   (C₃-C₆)cycloalkylaminocarbonyl optionally substituted with            (C₁-C₃)alkyl,        -   monocyclic heteroaryl having 5 or 6 ring atoms, wherein            heteroaryl can be substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups            independently selected from the group consisting of            -   g) (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can be subsituted                with 0, 1, 2, or 3 halogen, 0 or 1 heterocyclyl, 0 or 1                alkylamino, or 0 or 1 hydroxy or methoxy,            -   h) halogen,            -   i) amino,            -   j) alkylamino,            -   k) (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, and            -   l) (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,        -   monocyclic heteroarylcarbonyl having 5 or 6 ring atoms,        -   monocyclic heterocyclylcarbonyl having 5 or 6 ring atoms,            wherein heterocyclyl can be substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3            groups independently selected from the group consisting of            (C₁-C₆)alkyl and (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl; and    -   R⁴ is hydrogen or fluoro;    -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound offormula (1), wherein

-   -   R¹ is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyrazolyl,        oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl,        -   wherein phenyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl,            pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl can be optionally substituted            with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents independently selected            from the group consisting of            -   (C₁-C₄)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₄)alkyl can be substituted                with 0, 1, 2 or 3 halogen,            -   (C₁-C₃)alkoxy,            -   halogen,            -   trifluoromethyl, and            -   phenoxy, wherein phenoxy can optionally be substituted                with 0, 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from                the group consisting of alkyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,                trifluoromethoxy, and halogen;    -   R is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl or methoxy;    -   R³ is selected from the group consisting of        -   (C₁-C₆)alkoxcarbonyl,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl            can optionally be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 substituents            independently selected from the group consisting of halogen,            and        -   (C₃-C₆)cycloalkylaminocarbonyl optionally substituted with            (C₁-C₃)alkyl,        -   piperazinylcarbonyl, morpholinylcarbonyl,            pyrrolidinylcarbonyl or piperidinylcarbonyl; and    -   R⁴ is hydrogen;    -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound offormula (I), wherein

-   -   R¹ is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyrazolyl,        thiazolyl, pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl,        -   wherein phenyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl,            pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl can be optionally substituted            with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents independently selected            from the group consisting of            -   methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl, wherein methyl, ethyl,                propyl or butyl can be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3                fluoro or chloro,            -   fluoro or chloro,            -   trifluoromethyl, and            -   phenoxy, wherein phenoxy can optionally be substituted                with 0, 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from                the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl,                methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluoro and                chloro;    -   R² is hydrogen;    -   R³ is selected from the group consisting of        -   methoxcarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl or            butoxycarbonyl,        -   (C₁-C₄)alkylaminocarbonyl, wherein (C₁-C₄)alkylaminocarbonyl            can optionally be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 fluoro, and        -   cyclopropylaminocarbonyl optionally substituted with methyl,            ethyl or propyl,        -   pyrrolidinylcarbonyl or piperidinylcarbonyl; and    -   R⁴ is hydrogen;    -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound offormula (Ic)

wherein

-   -   R¹ is selected from the group consisting of aryl, benzyl, and        heteroaryl,        -   wherein aryl and heteroaryl can be optionally substituted            with 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents independently selected from            the group consisting of            -   (C₁-C₄)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₄)alkyl can be substituted                with 0, 1, 2 or 3 halogen, 0 or 1 pyrrolidinyl, 0 or 1                morpholinyl, or 0 or 1 (C₁-C₃)alkoxy wherein                -   (C₁-C₃)alkoxy can be optionally substituted with                    (C₁-C₃)alkylamino,            -   (C₁-C₃)alkoxy, wherein (C₁-C₃)alkoxy can be optionally                substituted with (C₁-C₃)alkylamino,            -   halogen,            -   trifluoromethyl,            -   trifluoromethoxy,            -   (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,            -   phenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 halogen,                wherein X is CH₂, O, S or NR¹⁻¹, and wherein R¹⁻¹ is                hydrogen or (C₁-C₆)alkyl,            -   nitro,            -   cyano,            -   (C₁-C₃)alkylthio,            -   trifluoromethylthio,            -   (C₁-C₃)alkylcarbonyl,            -   (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, and            -   phenoxy        -   and        -   wherein benzyl can be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 groups            selected from halogen, (C₁-C₃)alkyl, and (C₁-C₃)alkoxy;    -   R² is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen,        alkyl and alkoxy;    -   R³ is selected from the group consisting of        -   carboxyl,        -   formyl,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkylcarbonyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3            fluorine,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl,        -   aminocarbonyl,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl            can optionally be substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents            independently selected from the group consisting of halogen,            amino, alkylamino, methoxy, and methylsulfonyl, and wherein            (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can be substituted with 0 or 1            hydroxyl or 0 or 1 heterocyclyl,        -   heterocyclylcarbonyl,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of            -   a) hydroxyl,            -   b) amino,            -   c) (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylamino can be                substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents                independently selected from the group consisting of                halogen, amino, alkylamino, methoxy, methylthio, and                methylsulfonyl,            -   d) arylamino, wherein arylamino can be substituted with                0, 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the                group consisting of (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, and                trifluoromethyl,            -   e) heterocyclyl, wherein heterocyclyl can be substituted                with 0, 1 or 2 (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can be                substituted with 0, 1 or 2 methoxy or pyridyl,            -   f) imidazolyl,            -   g) pyridylamino,            -   h) (C₁-C₃)alkoxy optionally substituted by fluoro up to                the perfluoro level,            -   i) (C₁-C₃)alkoxy(C₂-C₃)alkoxy, and            -   j) (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl,        -   (C₁-C₆)alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, and heterocyclyl,            wherein heterocyclyl can be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3            (C₁-C₆)alkyl;        -   (C₃-C₆)cycloalkylaminocarbonyl optionally substituted with            (C₁-C₃)alkyl,        -   cyano, and        -   heteroaryl wherein heteroaryl can be substituted with 0, 1,            2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group            consisting of            -   m) (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can be subsituted                with 0, 1, 2, or 3 halogen, 0 or 1 heterocyclyl, 0 or 1                alkylamino, or 0 or 1 methoxy,            -   n) halogen,            -   o) amino, and            -   p) alkylamino;    -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound offormula (Ic):

wherein

-   -   R¹ is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl,        -   wherein aryl and heteroaryl can be substituted with 0, 1, 2,            3 or 4 substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of            -   (C₁-C₄)alkyl,            -   (C₁-C₃)alkoxy,            -   halogen,            -   trifluoromethyl,            -   trifluoromethoxy,            -   (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,            -   phenyl optionally substituted with 0, 1 or 2 halogen,                and                wherein X is CH₂, O, S or NR¹⁻¹; and wherein R¹⁻¹ is                hydrogen or (C₁-C₆)alkyl;    -   R² is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen,        alkyl and alkoxy;    -   R³ is selected from the group consisting of carboxyl,        (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl,        and heterocyclylcarbonyl,    -   wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can optionally be substituted        with 0, 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from the        group consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, methoxy and        methylsulfonyl, or    -   R³ is (C₁-C₆)alkyl optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3        substituents independently selected from the group consisting of        hydroxyl, amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, arylamino, heterocylcyl,        pyridyl, and pyridylamino,    -   wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylamino can optionally be substituted with 0,        1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents independently selected from the group        consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, methoxy, methylthio,        and methylsulfonyl, and wherein heterocyclyl can optionally be        substituted with 0, 1 or 2 (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl        can optionally be substituted with 1 or 2 methoxy or pyridyl,    -   and wherein arylamino can optionally be substituted with 0, 1 or        2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting        of (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, and trifluromethyl, or    -   R³ is (C₁-C₆)alkoxy optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3        substituents independently selected from the group consisting of        amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, and heterocyclyl, wherein heterocyclyl        can optionally be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 (C₁-C₆)alkyl;    -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound offormula (I),

-   -   wherein    -   R¹ is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and mono- or        bicyclic heteroaryl containing 5, 6, 9 or 10 ring atoms and up        to 2 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of        nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur,        -   wherein phenyl and heteroaryl can be substituted with 0, 1            or 2 substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of (C₁-C₄)alkyl, C₁-C₃)alkoxy, halogen,            trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,        -   phenyl optionally substituted with trifluoromethyl, and            wherein X is CH₂, O, S or NR¹⁻¹;        -   wherein R¹⁻¹ is hydrogen or (C₁-C₆)alkyl;    -   R² is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro,        chloro, methyl, and methoxy;    -   R³ is selected from the group consisting of carboxyl,        (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, and        (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl,    -   wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can optionally be substituted        with 0, 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the        group consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, methoxy and        methylsulfonyl, or    -   R³ is (C₁-C₆)alkyl substituted with amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino,        pyridyl, or 5- to 6 membered heterocylcyl containing 1 or 2        heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen,        oxygen and sulfur,    -   wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylamino can optionally be substituted with 0,        1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group        consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, methoxy and        methylsulfonyl, and wherein heterocyclyl can optionally be        substituted with 0, 1 or 2 (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl        can optionally be substituted with 0 or 1 methoxy or pyridyl, or    -   R³ is (C₁-C₆)alkoxy optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3        substituents independently selected from the group consisting of        amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, and a 5- to 6 membered heterocylcyl        containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting        of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein heterocyclyl can        optionally be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 (C₁-C₆)alkyl;    -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thererof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound offormula (Ic),

wherein

-   -   R¹ is selected from the group consisting of        -   phenyl optionally substituted with 1-2 groups selected from            halo, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, OCF₃, CF₃, and            wherein X is CH₂, O, S or NR¹⁻¹, wherein R¹⁻¹ is hydrogen or            (C₁-C₆)alkyl,        -   pyridyl optionally substituted with CF₃,        -   pyrazolyl option substituted with 1-2 groups selected from            (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, and phenyl optionally            substituted with CF₃,        -   isoxazolyl optionally substituted with (C₁-C₄)alkyl,        -   pyrimid-4-yl optionally substituted with (C₁-C₃)alkoxy        -   indazolyl, optionally substituted on N with (C₁-C₄)alkyl;    -   R² is hydrogen;    -   R³ is selected from the group consisting of        -   CO₂R³⁻¹        -   CONR³⁻²R³⁻³        -   —(CH₂)_(m)NR³⁻⁴R³⁻⁵            wherein X is O or NH,            wherein X is O or NH,    -   m is 1, 2 or 3    -   n is 1, 2, or 3;    -   p is 1, 2 or 3;    -   q is 2 or 3;    -   r is 2 or 3    -   s is 1, 2 or 3;    -   t is 0, 1 or 2;    -   u is 1, 2 or 3;    -   R³⁻¹ is H or (C₁-C₆)alkyl;    -   R³⁻² and R³⁻³ are independently selected from H and        (C₁-C₆)alkyl;    -   R³⁻⁴ and R³⁻⁵ are independently selected from H and        (C₁-C₆)alkyl;    -   R³⁻⁶ is CF₃, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy or (C₁-C₄)alkyl;    -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of theformula (Ia),

wherein

-   -   R³ is selected from the group consisting of        wherein X is O or NH,        wherein X is O or NH, and        -   aminocarbonyl or (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl substituted as            described above;    -   n is 1, 2, or 3;    -   R⁵ is independently selected from the group consisting of        fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl,        trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, and morpholino; and    -   v is 0, 1 or 2;    -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of theformula (Ib),

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of theformula (Ic), wherein R¹ represents

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of theformula (Ic), wherein R³ represents ethoxycarbonyl.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of theformula (Ic), wherein R³ is (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl,

wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can optionally be substituted with 1or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, amino, alkylamino, methoxy and methylsulfonyl, and whereinarylamino can optionally be substituted with 1 or 2 methoxy ortrifluoromethyl.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound asdescribed as an Operational Example Examples section of the presentapplication.

In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a compoundcapable of being metabolized or hydrolyzed to a compound of formula (I)under physiological conditions. This includes e.g. ester and amidederivatives (which can be hydrolyzed to the respective acids, alcoholsand amines) as well as orthoesters and animal esters (which can behydrolyzed to the respective acids), acetals and hemiacetals (which canbe hydrolyzed to the respective keto derivatives, e.g. the oxo group ofthe 4-oxopyrimidine ring moiety).

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a process forpreparing a compound of formula (I), wherein a compound of formula (II)

wherein R², R³ and R have the meaning indicated above, is reacted withan isocyanate compound of formula (III)R¹—NCO   (III)or with an carbamate of formula (VI)R¹—NH—C(O)—OPh   (VI),wherein R¹ has the meaning indicated above; or a compound of formula(IV)

wherein R¹, R², R³ and R⁴ have the meaning indicated above, is reactedwith an amine of formula (V)R¹—NH₂   (V),wherein R¹ has the meaning indicated above.

The preparation of the compounds according to the invention can beillustrated by means of the following synthetic schemes. Unlessspecifically defined otherwise, the substituent placeholders such as R¹to R³ have the meaning indicated above.

Methods for preparing pyrrolotriazines are also disclosed in publishedU.S. application Ser. No. 10/289,010 (Publication No. US 2003-0186982A1), U.S. Pat. No. 6,670,357 (U.S. application Ser. No. 10/036,293), aswell as WO 2003/042172, WO 2004/009542, WO 2004/009601, WO 2004/009784and WO 2004/013145, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference intheir entirety.

General Methods of Preparation of Invention Compounds

Compounds of the present invention of Formula (I) can be convenientlyprepared from the corresponding amino compounds of Formula (I) bystraightforward means as described in the Reaction Schemes below or bymeans well known to those skilled in the art. In these Reaction Schemes,unless otherwise specifically defined, the meanings of R¹—R³, R³⁻²,R³⁻³, R³⁻⁴, R⁴ and r are identical to those described above.

Reaction Scheme 1 illustrates the general method of preparing Formula(I) compounds from the corresponding amino compounds of Formula (II) bystandard methods of urea formation. In this scheme, a Formula (II)compound is allowed to react with either an isocyanate of Formula (III),or more preferably a carbamate of Formula (VI), generally in an inertsolvent, to give the compound of Formula (I) directly. Alternatively,the amine of Formula (II) can be treated first with a chloroformate ofFormula (VII), in an inert solvent, to provide an intermediate carbamateof Formula (IV). The Formula (IV) compound is then allowed to react withan amine of Formula (V), in an inert solvent, to provide the compound ofFormula (I).

A more specific example of the Reaction Scheme 1 method is illustratedin Reaction Scheme 2 below. In this scheme, the amine of Formula (II-1)[Formula (II), where

R³ is CO₂Et], is used as the starting material, reacting with anisocyanate ((III), carbamate (VI), or in a two step sequence using (VII)followed by (V), to give the compound of Formula (I-1) [Formula (I)where R³ is CO₂Et]. The Formula (I-1) compound can then be used as astarting material to prepare other compounds of Formula (I) as shown,for example, in Reaction Scheme 3 below.

Reaction Scheme 3 illustrates the preparation of compounds of Formula(I) in which R³ is a variety of substituents, starting from the compoundof Formula (I-1) in which R³ is CO₂Et. For example, hydrolysis of (I-1),in either aqueous base or acid, provides the carboxylic acid compound ofFormula (I-2). Coupling of this acid with an amine of Formula(R³⁻²)(R³⁻³)NH gives amide compounds of Formula (I-3).

Reduction of the Formula (I-1) ester with a reducing agent such asDIBAL, provides the alcohol of Formula (I-4). Oxidation of the alcoholby standard means such as the Dess-Martin periodinane gives the aldehydeof Formula (I-5). Conversion of the aldehyde to an amine compound ofFormula (I-6) is accomplished by a reductive amination sequence. In thissequence, a primary amine of Formula R³⁻⁴—NH₂ is added to the compoundof Formula (I-5) in the presence of acetic acid, and the intermediateimine compound is not isolated but is selectively reduced with a reagentsuch as sodium triacetoxyborohydride to give the amine of Formula (I-6).

The alcohol of Formula (I-4) is further elaborated in Reaction Scheme 4,and the aldehyde of Formula (I-5) is further elaborated in ReactionScheme 5, below. In Reaction Scheme 4, the alcohol is converted to thehomologous aldehyde by standard means, namely, conversion to a tosylateor mesylate with tosyl or mesyl chloride, respectively, and a base suchas pyridine or Et₃N, to give the intermediate of Formula (I-7). Reactionof (I-7) with a cyanide source, e.g., KCN or NaCN, in a polar solventsuch as DMF gives the nitrile of Formula (I-8). Selective reduction withDIBAL with hydrolytic workup gives aldehyde of Formula (I-9). TheFormula (I-9) aldehyde is converted to the compound of Formula (I-10)[(I) where R³ is (R³⁻⁴)NHCH₂CH₂—] by the reductive amination sequence asdescribed for preparation of (I-6) in Reaction Scheme 3.

The aldehyde of Formula (I-5) serves as the starting material for thepreparation of additional Formula (I) compounds as shown below inReaction Scheme 5. A Wadsworth-Emmons type reaction of (I-5) with aphosphonic ester and strong base such as LiH gives the unsaturated esterof Formula (I-11); reduction of this ester to the saturated compound ofFormula (I-12) is accomplished by hydrogenation using a platinum oxidecatalyst in acetic acid. Reduction of the ester to the alcohol ofFormula (I-13) is followed by oxidation to the compound of Formula(I-14), a 2-carbon homologue of the aldehyde of Formula (I-5). Reductiveamination of (I-14), as previously described above in Reactions Schemes3 and 4 provides the compound of Formula (I-15) [Formula (I) where R³ is(R³⁻⁴)NHCH₂CH₂CH₂—].

General Methods of Preparation of Intermediates

The preparation of key intermediate (II-1) shown above as startingmaterial for Reaction Scheme 2, is prepared as illustrated below inReaction Scheme 6. A 4-nitrocinnamate of Formula (VIII) is allowed toreact with the isocyanide reagent of Formula (IX) in the presence of astrong base such as lithium hexamethyldisilazide (LHMDS) in an aproticsolvent such as THF, to give the substituted pyrrole of Formula (X).Formylation of (X) under Vilsmeier conditions (e.g., DMF, POCl₃) givesthe 2-formylpyrrole of Formula (XI). The aldehyde (XI) is converted tothe nitrile of Formula (XII) by reaction with hydroxylaminehydrochloride to form an intermediate oxime, which is dehydrated in situto a nitrile of Formula (XII), using a reagent such as acetic anhydride.The nitrile of Formula (XII) is then N-aminated using a strong base suchas NaH and an aminating reagent such as (Ph)₂P(O)—O—NH₂, to provide theN-amino nitrile of Formula (XIII). Reaction of (XIII) with formamide[HC(O)NH₂] gives the pyrrolotriazine intermediate of Formula (XIV-1).Selective reduction of the nitro substituent of the phenyl ring isaccomplished in the final step using a catalyst such as Raney-Nickel inTHF, providing the intermediate (II-1). These same reduction conditionsare used to convert addition compounds of general formula (XIV),prepared as shown in Reaction Schemes 8-11 below, to the correspondingformula (II) intermediates.

The cinnamates of Formula (VIII) are either commercially available orprepared as shown in Reaction Scheme 7. In this sequence, a substitutednitrotoluene of Formula (XV) is oxidized with a reagent such aspotassium permanganate to give the corresponding acid of Formula (XVI);this acid is reduced to the alcohol of Formula (XVII) with a reducingagent such as borane and then oxidized to the aldehyde of Formula(XVIII) using a reagent such as the Dess-Martin periodinane.Wadsworth-Emmons type reaction of (XVIII) using (EtO)₂P(O)CH₂CO₂Et and astrong base such as LiH gives the cinnamate of Formula (VIII).

The use of intermediate (XIV-1) for the preparation of the intermediateof Formula (II-2) is shown in Reaction Scheme 8 below. The Formula(XIV-1) compound is allowed to react with excess methyl Grignard reagentto give the tertiary alcohol of Formula (XIX). This compound issubjected to oxidative rearrangement and hydrolysis using hydrogenperoxide and a Lewis acid, such as BF₃, to give the hydroxy compound ofFormula (XX). Reaction of (XX) with a substituted alcohol of Formula(XXI) under Mitsunobu conditions, e.g., DEAD, TPP, gives theintermediate of Formula (XIV-2). Reduction of the nitro group in Formula(XIV-2), as described for preparation of Formula (II-1) in ReactionScheme 6, gives the intermediate of Formula (II-2) [Formula (II) whereR³ is R′R″N(CH₂)_(r)O— and R″ and R′ are as described in Reaction Scheme8].

The compound of Formula (II-2) can be used to prepare the compound ofFormula (I) [where R³ is a group of Formula R′R″N(CH₂)_(r)O—, and R″ andR′ are as described in Reaction Scheme 8] by the route outlined inReaction Scheme 1.

where

-   -   R′, R″ are independently selected from H and (C₁-C₆)alkyl or    -   R′ and R″ may be joined together to form a 5- or 6-membered        heterocyclic ring containing an additional N, O or S atom and        may be optionally substituted with (C₁-C₆)alkyl

The compound of Formula (XIV-1), prepared as shown above in ReactionScheme 6, is used to prepare a variety of other intermediates of Formula(IV-3)-(XIV-7) as shown below in Reaction Scheme 9. For example,selective reduction of the ester group in Formula (XIV-1) using, forexample, DIBAL in THF, gives the compound of Formula (XIV-3). Oxidationof the alcohol (XIV-3) to the aldehyde of Formula (XIV-4) isaccomplished using standard conditions such as the Dess-Martinperiodinane reagent in methylene chloride. The Formula (XIV-3) compoundmay also be converted to the corresponding chloride of Formula (XIV-5)with, for example, thionyl chloride. Reduction of both the nitro groupand the chlorine in Formula (XIV-5) using Ra—Ni, provides theintermediate of Formula (II-3). Reaction of Formula (XIV-5) with analcohol of Formula R³⁻⁹—OH and base such as sodium hydride gives theether of Formula (XIV-6).

As shown below in Reaction Scheme 9, the compound of Formula (XIV-4) mayalso be used for the preparation of the nitrile of Formula (XIV-7), by atwo step procedure: reaction with hydroxylamine hydrochloride andpyridine, followed by dehydration of the intermediate oxime using aceticanhydride. The Formula (XIV-4) aldehyde may also be converted to anisoxazole intermediate of Formula (XIV-8) by reaction withtosylmethylisocyanide (TosMIC) in the presence of a base such aspotassium carbonate, in a protic solvent such as methanol.

The intermediate of Formula (XIV-1) may also be used for the preparationof other amides and heterocycles as shown in Reaction Scheme 11.Hydrolysis of (XIV-1) under standard conditions to the correspondingacid of Formula (XIV-9) is followed by conversion to the amide ofFormula (XIV-11), either directly using an amine of formula R³⁻¹¹⁻¹—NH₂, BOP, and a base such as TEA, or by prior conversion to the acidchloride of Formula (XIV-10), which is then allowed to react with theamine of formula R³⁻¹¹⁻¹—NH₂. The acid chloride of Formula (XIV-10) isalso used for the preparation of oxadiazoles of Formulae (XIV-12) and(XIV-13), by reaction with either 1) hydrazine and trimethylorthoformate to give the oxadiazole of Formula (XIV-12), or 2)hydrazine, a carboxylic acid of formula R³⁻¹¹⁻²—CO₂H, and a dehydratingagent such as POCl₃, to give the substituted oxadiazole Formula(XIV-13).

The intermediates of Formula (XIV-1)-(XIV-13) can then be reduced asdesired to provide the corresponding amino compounds of Formula (II),and in turn the compounds of Formula (I).

where

-   -   R′, R″ are independently selected from H and (C₁-C₆)alkyl or    -   R′ and R″ may be joined together to form a 5- or 6-membered        heterocyclic ring containing an additional N, O or S atom and        may be optionally substituted with (C₁-C₆)alkyl        where    -   R′, R″ are independently selected from substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl        and (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl

It is also to be understood that starting materials are commerciallyavailable or readily prepared by standard methods well known in the art.Such methods include, but are not limited to the transformations listedherein.

If not mentioned otherwise, the reactions are usually carried out ininert organic solvents which do not change under the reactionconditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane ortetrahydrofuran, halogenated hydrocarbons, such as dichloromethane,trichloromethane, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane,trichloroethane or tetrachloroethane, hydrocarbons, such as benzene,toluene, xylene, hexane, cyclohexane or mineral oil fractions, alcohols,such as methanol, ethanol or iso-propanol, nitromethane,dimethylformamide or acetonitrile. It is also possible to use mixturesof the solvents.

The reactions are generally carried out in a temperature range of from0° C. to 150° C, preferably from 0° C. to 70° C. The reactions can becarried out under atmospheric, elevated or under reduced pressure (forexample from 0.5 to 5 bar). In general, they are carried out underatmospheric pressure of air or inert gas, typically nitrogen.

Pro-drugs of this invention in general may be made by conventionalmethods well known in the art. For example, hydroxyl groups may beconverted to esters by reacting the compounds with carboxylic acidchlorides or anhydrides under standard conditions. A hydroxyl group mayalso be converted to carbonates by reacting the compounds withchloroformates under standard conditions.

Salts of the compounds identified herein can be obtained by isolatingthe compounds as hydrochloride salts, prepared by treatment of the freebase with anhydrous HCl in a suitable solvent such as THF. Generally, adesired salt of a compound of this invention can be prepared in situduring the final isolation and purification of a compound by means wellknown in the art. Or, a desired salt can be prepared by separatelyreacting the purified compound in its free base form with a suitableorganic or inorganic acid and isolating the salt thus formed. Thesemethods are conventional and would be readily apparent to one skilled inthe art.

Additionally, sensitive or reactive groups on the compound of thisinvention may need to be protected and deprotected during any of theabove methods. Protecting groups in general may be added and removed byconventional methods well known in the art (see, for example, T. W.Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis; Wiley:N.Y., (1999).

If used as active compounds, the compounds according to the inventionare preferably isolated in more or less pure form, that is more or lessfree from residues from the synthetic procedure. The degree of puritycan be determined by methods known to the chemist or pharmacist (seeespecially Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18^(th) ed. 1990, MackPublishing Group, Enolo). Preferably the compounds are greater than 99%pure (w/w), while purities of greater than 95%, 90% or 85% can beemployed if necessary.

The compounds according to the invention exhibit an unforeseeable,useful pharmacological and pharmacokinetic activity spectrum. They aretherefore suitable for use as medicaments for the treatment and/orprophylaxis of disorders in humans and animals.

Because of their antiproliferative properties, the compounds accordingto the invention are useful alone or in combination with other activecomponents for treating and/or preventing mammalian hyper-proliferativedisorders. Indications mediated by hyperproliferative disorders meansdiseases or conditions whose progression proceeds, at least in part, viaproliferation.

The present invention also relates to a method of using the compounds orcompositions described herein for the treatment or prevention of, or inthe manufacture of a medicament for treating or preventing, mammalianhyper-proliferative disorders. This method comprises administering to apatient (or a mammal) in need thereof, including a human, an amount of acompound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, or acomposition of this invention which is effective to treat or prevent thedisorder.

The present invention also relates to a method for using the compoundsof this invention as prophylactic or chemopreventive agents forprevention of the mammalian hyper-proliferative disorders describedherein. This method comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof,including a human, an amount of a compound of this invention, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, which is effective todelay or diminish the onset of the disorder.

Hyper-proliferative disorders include but are not limited to solidtumors, such as cancers of the breast, respiratory tract, brain,reproductive organs, digestive tract, urinary tract, eye, liver, skin,head and neck, thyroid, parathyroid and their distant metastases. Thosedisorders also include lymphomas, sarcomas, and leukemias.

The present invention also relates to a method for using the compoundsof this invention as prophylactic or chemopreventive agents forprevention of the mammalian hyper-proliferative disorders describedherein. This method comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof,including a human, an amount of a compound of this invention, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, which is effective todelay or diminish the onset of the disorder.

Examples of breast cancer include, but are not limited to invasiveductal carcinoma, invasive lobular carcinoma, ductal carcinoma in situ,and lobular carcinoma in situ.

Examples of cancers of the respiratory tract include, but are notlimited to small-cell and non-small-cell lung carcinoma, as well asbronchial adenoma and pleuropulmonary blastoma.

Examples of brain cancers include, but are not limited to brain stem andhypophtalmic glioma, cerebellar and cerebral astrocytoma,medulloblastoma, ependymoma, as well as neuroectodermal and pinealtumor.

Tumors of the male reproductive organs include, but are not limited toprostate and testicular cancer. Tumors of the female reproductive organsinclude, but are not limited to endometrial, cervical, ovarian, vaginal,and vulvar cancer, as well as sarcoma of the uterus.

Tumors of the digestive tract include, but are not limited to anal,colon, colorectal, esophageal, gallbladder, gastric, pancreatic, rectal,small-intestine, and salivary gland cancers.

Tumors of the urinary tract include, but are not limited to bladder,penile, kidney, renal pelvis, ureter, and urethral cancers.

Eye cancers include, but are not limited to intraocular melanoma andretinoblastoma. Examples of liver cancers include, but are not limitedto hepatocellular carcinoma (liver cell carcinomas with or withoutfibrolamellar variant), cholangiocarcinoma (intrahepatic bile ductcarcinoma), and mixed hepatocellular cholangiocarcinoma. Skin cancersinclude, but are not limited to squamous cell carcinoma, Kaposi'ssarcoma, malignant melanoma, Merkel cell skin cancer, and non-melanomaskin cancer.

Head-and-neck cancers include, but are not limited tolaryngeal/hypopharyngeal/nasopharyngeal/oropharyngeal cancer, and lipand oral cavity cancer.

Lymphomas include, but are not limited to AIDS-related lymphoma,non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkin's disease,and lymphoma of the central nervous system.

Sarcomas include, but are not limited to sarcoma of the soft tissue,osteosarcoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, lymphosarcoma, andrhabdomyosarcoma.

Leukemias include, but are not limited to acute myeloid leukemia, acutelymphoblastic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronicmyelogenous leukemia, and hairy cell leukemia.

These disorders have been well characterized in humans, and also existwith a similar etiology in other mammals which can also be treated bythe administration of the compounds and/or pharmaceutical compositionsof the present invention.

The assay described in this application is one of the methods by whichcompound activity relating to treatment of the disorders identifiedherein can be determined.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a medicamentcontaining at least one compound according to the invention. In anotherembodiment, the present invention provides a medicament containing atleast one compound according to the invention together with one or morepharmacologically safe excipient or carrier substances, for examplehydroxypropylcellulose, and also their use for the abovementionedpurposes.

The active component can act systemically and/or locally. For thispurpose, it can be applied in a suitable manner, for example orally,parenterally, pulmonally, nasally, sublingually, lingually, buccally,rectally, transdermally, conjunctivally, otically or as an implant.

For these application routes, the active component can be administeredin suitable application forms. An overview of application forms is givenin Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18^(th) ed. 1990, MackPublishing Group, Enolo.

Useful oral application forms include application forms which releasethe active component rapidly and/or in modified form, such as forexample tablets (non-coated and coated tablets, for example with anenteric coating), capsules, sugar-coated tablets, granules, pellets,powders, emulsions, suspensions, solutions and aerosols. Suchsustained-release pharmaceutical compositions are described in Part 8,Chapter 91 of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18^(th) ed. 1990,Mack Publishing Group, Enolo.

Parenteral application can be carried out with avoidance of anabsorption step (intravenously, intraarterially, intracardially,intraspinally or intralumbarly) or with inclusion of an absorption(intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intracutaneously, percutaneously orintraperitoneally). Useful parenteral application forms includeinjection and infusion preparations in the form of solutions,suspensions, emulsions, lyophilisates and sterile powders. Suchparenteral pharmaceutical compositions are described in Part 8, Chapter84 of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, ₁₈th ed. 1990, MackPublishing Group, Enolo.

In one embodiment, the invention relates to intravenous (i.v.)application of the active compound, e.g. as bolus injection (that is assingle dose, e.g. per syringe), infusion over a short period of time(e.g. for up to one hour) or infusion over a long period of time (e.g.for more than one hour). The application can also be done byintermittent dosing. The applied volume can vary dependent on theconditions and usually is 0.5 to 30, or 1 to 20 ml for bolus injection,25 to 500, or 50 to 250 ml for infusion over a short period of time and50 to 1000, or 100 to 500 ml for infusion over a long period of time.

The application forms have to be sterile and free of pyrogens. They canbe based on aqueous solvents or mixtures of aqueous and organicsolvents. Examples are ethanol, polyethyleneglycol (PEG) 300 or 400,aqueous solutions containing cyclodextrins or emulsifiers, such aslecithin, Pluronic F68®, Solutol HS 15® or Cremophor®.

Aqueous solutions are preferred.

For intravenous application the solutions are generally isotonic andeuhydric, for example with a pH of 3 to 11, 6 to 8 or about 7.4.

Glass or plastic containers can be employed as packaging for i.v.solutions, e.g. rubber seal vials. They can contain liquid volumes of 1to 1000, or 5 to 50 ml. The solution can directly be withdrawn from thevial to be applied to the patient. For this purpose, it can beadvantageous to provide the active compound in solid form (e.g. aslyophilisate) and dissolve by adding the solvent to the vial directlybefore administration.

Solutions for infusion can advantageously be packaged in containers madefrom glass or plastic, for example bottles or collapsible containerssuch as bags. They can contain liquid volumes of 1 to 1000, or 50 to 500ml.

Forms suitable for other application routes include for exampleinhalatory pharmaceutical forms (including powder inhalers, nebulizers),nasal drops/solutions, sprays; tablets or capsules to be administeredlingually, sublingually or buccally, suppositories, ear and eyepreparations, vaginal capsules, aqueous suspensions (lotions, shakemixtures), lipophilic suspensions, ointments, creams, milk, pastes,dusting powders or implants.

The active components can be converted into the recited applicationforms in a manner known per se. This is carried out using inertnon-toxic, pharmaceutically suitable excipients. These include interalia carriers (for example microcrystalline cellulose), solvents (forexample liquid polyethylene glycols), emulsifiers (for example sodiumdodecyl sulphate), dispersing agents (for example polyvinylpyrrolidone),synthetic and natural biopolymers (for example albumin), stabilizers(for example antioxidants such as ascorbic acid), colorants (for exampleinorganic pigments such as iron oxides) or taste and/or odor corrigents.

For human use, in the case of oral administration, it is recommended toadminister doses of from 0.001 to 100 mg/kg, or from 0.01 to 20 mg/kg.In the case of parenteral administration such as, for example,intravenously or via mucous membranes nasally, buccally orinhalationally, it is recommended to use doses of 0.001 to 0.60 mg/kg,in particular 0.01 to 30 mg/kg.

In spite of this, it can be necessary in certain circumstances to departfrom the amounts mentioned, namely as a function of body weight,application route, individual behaviour towards the active component,manner of preparation and time or interval at which application takesplace. It can for instance be sufficient in some cases to use less thanthe aforementioned minimum amount, while in other cases the upper limitmentioned will have to be exceeded. In the case of the application oflarger amounts, it can be advisable to divide them into a plurality ofindividual doses spread through the day.

The percentages in the tests and examples which follows are, unlessotherwise stated, by weight; parts are by weight. Solvent ratios,dilution ratios and concentrations reported for liquid/liquid solutionsare each based on the volume.

A. EXAMPLES

General Preparative Methods

Unless otherwise stated, the term ‘concentrated under reduced pressure’refers to use of a Buchi rotary evaporator at approximately 15 mm of Hg.

Thin-layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on Whatman® pre-coatedglass-backed silica gel 60A F-254 250 μm plates. Visualization of plateswas effected by one or more of the following techniques: (a) ultravioletillumination, (b) exposure to iodine vapor, (c) immersion of the platein a 10% solution of phosphomolybdic acid in ethanol followed byheating, and/or (d) immersion of the plate in a cerium sulfate solutionfollowed by heating. Column chromatography (flash chromatography) wasperformed using 230-400 mesh EM Science® silica gel.

“Shaker block” refers to the use of a shaker model BTS3000 from J-KemScientific at a speed of 150-180.

Proton (¹H) nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectra were measured witha Varian 400 Mercury Plus (400 MHz) spectrometer with either Me₄Si (δ0.00) or residual protonated solvent (CHCl₃ δ 7.26; MeOH δ 3.30; DMSO δ2.49) as standard. Carbon (¹³C) NMR spectra were measured with a Varian400 Mercury Plus (400 MHz) (100 MHz) spectrometer with solvent (CDCl₃ δ77.0; d₃-MeOD; δ 49.0; d₆-DMSO δ 39.5) as standard.

HPLC—electrospray mass spectra (HPLC ES-MS) for characterization wereobtained using a Gilson HPLC system equipped with a variable wavelengthdetector set at 254 nm, a YMC pro C-18 column (2×23 mm, 120A), and aFinnigan LCQ ion trap mass spectrometer with electrospray ionization.Spectra were scanned from 120-1200 amu using a variable ion timeaccording to the number of ions in the source. The eluants were A: 2%acetonitrile in water with 0.02% TFA and B: 2% water in acetonitrilewith 0.018% TFA. Gradient elution from 10% B to 95% over 3.5 minutes ata flow rate of 1.0 mL/min was used with an initial hold of 0.5 minutesand a final hold at 95% B of 0.5 minutes. Total run time was 6.5minutes.

Preparative high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), when needed,was run using either a Gilson 215 Liquid Handler with a Gilson 322 pumpand a Gilson UV-VIS-155 detector set at 254 nm or a Shimadzu LC-8A pumpwith a Shimadzu SPD-10A detector set at 220 nM both equipped with a YMCPac ProCl8 column (150×20 mm). Eluant A is acetonitrile with 0.01% oftrifluoroacetic acid and Eluant B is water with 0.01% trifluoroaceticacid. Typically, a gradient was run from 10% A/90% B to 90%A/10% B overa period of 15-25 min. The fractions of interest were collected and thesolvent removed in vacuo to give the final compound as a trifluoroaceticacid salt.

HPLC using a chiral column may be used to separate enantiomers.Analytical conditions used a Chiralcel OD-H® (4.6×150 mm) column on aShimadzu HPLC. 30% Eluent A=Hexane (0.1% Et₃N) and 70% eluent B=1:1MeOH-EtOH (0.1% Et₃N) for 15 min. with a flowrate of 1.0 mL/inin,detection by UV at 235 nm. Preparative conditions used a Chiralcel OD®(20×150 mm) column on a Gilson 215 HPLC. 30% Eluent A=Hexane (0.1% Et₃N)and 70% eluent B=1:1 MeOH-EtOH (0.1% Et₃N) for 15 min. with a flowrateof 1.0 mL/min, detection by UV at 235 nm using approximately 75 mgmaterial per injection.

RPMI growth media was obtained from GIBCO®.

The IUPAC names were generated using ACD/Name Version 7.0 from AdvancedChemistry Development (U.S.A.).

Abbreviations and Acronyms

-   ¹H-NMR proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy-   ³¹P-NMR phophorus-31 nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy-   AcOH acetic acid-   (Ac)₂O acetic anhydride.-   abs absolute-   aq aqueous-   ap approximate-   atm atmosphere-   br broad-   BOP benzotriazole-1-yloxy-tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium    hexafluorophosphate-   Bu butyl-   ACN acetonitrile-   Ac₂O acetic anhydride-   AcOH acetic acid-   Celite® brand of diatomaceous earth from Celite Corp.-   CD₃CN acetonitrile-d₃-   CD₃OD methanol-d₄-   d doublet-   DCE dichloroethane-   DCM dichloromethane-   dd double doublet-   DIBAL diisobutylaluminum hydride-   DMF N,N-dimethylformamide-   DMSO dimethylsulfoxide-   DMSO-d₆ dimethyldsulfoxide-d₆-   equiv equivalent(s)-   ES-MS electrospray mass spectrometry-   Et₃N triethylamine-   Et₂O diethyl ether-   EtOAc ethyl acetate-   EtOH ethanol-   FBS fetal bovine serum-   g gram(s)-   h hour(s)-   HPLC high performance liquid chromatography-   Hz hertz-   j NMR coupling constant-   L liter(s)-   LCMS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry-   LHMDS lithium hexamethyldisilazide-   M molar-   Me methyl-   MeOH methanol-   mg milligram(s)-   MHz megahertz-   min minute(s)-   mL milliliter-   mmol millimole-   MPLC medium pressure liquid chromatography-   MS mass spectrometry-   Ms methanesulfonyl-   N normal-   nM nanomolar-   Pr propyl-   py-BOP benzotriazol-1-yl-oxytripyrrolidineophosponium    hexafluorophosphate-   q quartet-   Ra—Ni Raney-Nickel-   R_(f) TLC retention factor-   Rochelle's potassium sodium tartrate salt-   RPMI Roswell Park Memorial Institute-   RT retention time-   rt room temperature-   s singlet-   t triplet-   TEA triethylamine-   TFA trifluoroacetic acid-   THF tetrahydrofuran-   TLC thin layer chromatography-   TosMIC Tosylmethyl isocyanide-   TPP triphenylphosphine-   Ts p-toluenesulfonyl-   v/v volume-to-volume proportion-   v/v/v volume-to-volume-to-volume proportion-   μL microliter-   μm micrometer

Preparation of Intermediates Intermediate A: Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

Step 1: Preparation of ethyl 4-(4-nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate

To a solution of 1M lithium hexamethyldisilazide in THF (102.4 mL, 102.4mmol) cooled to −77 ° C. was added1-[(isocyanomethyl)sulfonyl]-4-methylbenzene (20.0 g, 102.4 mmol) as asolution in THF (100 mL) dropwise over 30 min. The solution was allowedto stir an additional 15 min, and then ethyl(2E)-3-(4-nitrophenyl)acrylate was added dropwise (22.66 g, 102.4 mmol)as a solution in THF (250 mL) over 1 h. The reaction was allowed to warmto rt over 17 h. Aqueous saturated NaHCO₃ (200 mL) was added to thereaction mixture followed by EtOAc (500 mL). The solution wastransferred to a separatory funnel, and the organic layer was isolatedand washed with H₂O (100 mL). The aqueous layers were back extractedwith EtOAc (2×150 mL). The combined organic layers were collected, dried(MgSO₄), concentrated onto silica gel, and purified by columnchromatography (100% CH₂CI₂ ramping to 95:5 v/v CH₂Cl₂-EtOAc) to afford16.65 g of the above compound as an orange/yellow solid (63.98 mmol,yield 62%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 11.78 (br s, 1H), 8.19 to 8.15 (m, 2H),7.76 to 7.73 (m, 2H), 7.57 to 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.22 to 7.21 (m, 1H), 4.18to 4.13 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.21 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); LCMS RT=2.90 min; TLCR_(f)=0.47 (95:5 v/v CH₂Cl₂-EtOAc).

Step 2: Preparation of ethyl5-formyl-4-(nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate

To a solution of DCE (100 mL) was added DMF (14.96 mL, 194.4 mmol),which was cooled in an ice-salt bath. As POCl₃ (18.12 mL, 194.4 mmol)was slowly added a white precipitate formed. The solution was allowed towarm to rt while vigorously stirring over 30 min. The slurry was againcooled in an ice-salt bath. Ethyl4-(4-nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate (46.00 g, 176.8 mmol) wasadded as a suspension in DCE (500 mL). The reaction proceeded whilecooling in an ice-salt bath for 1 h, and then was allowed to warm to rtover 17 h. Sodium Acetate (79.75 g, 972.2 mmol) in water (600 mL) wasadded to the reaction, and the solution was heated to 80° C. for 1 h.Upon cooling to rt the solution was transferred to a separatory funneland the organic layer was isolated while the aqueous layer was backextracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×150 mL). The combined organic layers werecollected, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated to dryness. Thecrude material was heated to reflux in toluene (2 L) and to the hotsolution was added hexanes (200 mL). The solution was allowed to slowlycool, and over the following 2 days crystals formed. The crystals werecollected, washed with Et₂O (500 mL), and dried under vacuum to afford25.53 g of the above compound as golden needles (88.57 mmol, yield 50%).¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.94 (br s, 1H), 9.29 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.25 to8.22 (m, 2H), 7.81 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.74 to 7.71 (m, 2H), 4.12 to 4.06(q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.15 to 1.11 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H); LCMS RT=2.75 min; TLCR_(f)=0.16 (95:5 v/v CH₂Cl₂-EtOAc).

Step 3: Preparation of ethyl5-cyano-4-(nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate

To a solution of pyridine (400 mL) was added ethyl5-formyl-4-(nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate (24.55 g, 85.17 mmol)followed by hydroxylamine hydrochloride (6.51 g, 93.7 mmol). Thesolution was stirred at rt for 2 h, acetic anhydride (17.68 mL, 187.4mmol) was added, and the solution was heated to 80° C. for 17 h. Uponcooling to it the reaction mixture was partially concentrated in vacuoand then diluted with EtOAc (300 mL) and H₂O (300 mL). The solution wastransferred to a separatory funnel, and the organic layer was isolatedwhile the aqueous layers were back extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). Thecombined organic layers were collected, dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, andconcentrated to dryness. The crude material was then triturated withCH₂Cl₂-Et₂O (1:1 v/v, 300 mL). The solid was collected, washed with Et₂O(150 mL), and dried under vacuum to afford 18.94 g of the above compoundas a fluffy white solid (66.40 mmol, yield 78%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ13.24 (br s, 1H), 8.30 to 8.27 (m, 2H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.74 to 7.71 (m,2H), 4.16 to 4.10 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.18 to 1.15 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H);LCMS RT=2.97 min; TLC R_(f)=0.20 (95:5 v/v CH₂Cl₂-EtOAc).

Step 4: Preparation of (aminooxy)(diphenyl)phosphine oxide

To hydroxylamine hydrochloride (15.86 g, 228.2 mmol) in H₂O (35 mL)cooled in an ice-salt bath was added 7.1 N NaOH (27.4 mL, 194.4 mmol)followed by 1,4-dioxane (100 mL). The solution was vigorously stirredfor 15 min and then chlorodiphenylphosphine oxide (20.00 g, 84.52 mmol)was added as a solution in 1,4-dioxane (100 mL). The solution wasstirred an additional 15 min as a white precipitate formed which wasfiltered. The solid was suspended in 0.25 N NaOH (250 mL) while stirringin an ice-salt bath for 1 h. The solid was then collected, washed withH₂O (100 mL), and thoroughly dried under vacuum to afford 7.09 g of theabove compound as a white powder (30.4 mmol, yield 36%). ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 7.72 to 7.67 (m, 4H), 7.50 to 7.40 (m, 6H); ⁻P-NMR (DMSO-d₆)δ 23.11 (br s, 1P).

Step 5: Preparation of ethyl1-amino-5-cyano-4-(nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate

To a solution of DMF (625 mL) was added ethyl5-cyano-4-(nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate (17.97 g, 63.00 mmol)followed by NaH, 60% dispersion in mineral oil (3.02 g, 75.59 mmol). Thesolution was stirred at rt for 15 min and then(aminooxy)(diphenyl)phosphine oxide (17.63 g, 75.59 mmol) was added, andthe solution was heated to 80° C. for 17 h. Upon cooling to rt aqueoussaturated NaHCO₃ (500 mL) was added followed by EtOAc (400 mL), whichwas transferred to a separatory funnel and the organic layer wasisolated while the aqueous layer was back extracted with EtOAc (2×200mL). The combined organic layers were collected, dried (Na₂SO₄),filtered, and concentrated to dryness. The crude material was thentriturated with CH₂Cl₂-hexanes (1:1 v/v 400 mL). The solid wascollected, washed with hexanes (100 mL), dried under vacuum, suspendedin EtOAc which was heated to reflux for 15 min, and then filtered. Thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuo and then dried under vacuum to afford14.15 g of the above compound as a yellow powder (47.12 mmol, yield75%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.29 to 8.27 (m, 2H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.71 to7.69 (m, 2H), 6.71 (br s, 2H), 4.14 to 4.09 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.17 to1.14 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); LCMS RT=2.91 min; TLC R_(f)=0.30 (95:5 v/vCH₂Cl₂-EtOAc).

Step 6: Preparation of the Title Compound

To a solution of formamide (74.9 mL, 1.88 mol) was added ethyl1-amino-5-cyano-4-(nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate (14.15 g, 47.12mmol). The solution was heated to 195° C. for 2 h and was then allowedto cool to rt over 17 h. The crystalline solid was collected and washedwith EtOAc (2×100 mL) and then with H₂O (100 mL). The solid was driedunder vacuum to afford 10.20 g of the above compound as a bronzecrystalline solid (31.16 mmol, yield 66%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.27 to8.25 (m, 2H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.05 (brs, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.66 to 7.64(m, 2H), 5.52 (br s, 1H), 4.10 to 4.05 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.11 to 1.07(t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=328; LCMS RT=2.51 min; TLC R_(f)=0.20 (3:1v/v CH₂Cl₂-EtOAc).

Intermediate B: Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-(4-aminophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

Raney nickel was added to a flask containing 20 mL abs EtOH. Thecatalyst was triturated with abs EtOH (3×20 mL). A suspension of ethyl4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate(4.0 g, 12.2 mmol) in abs EtOH (600 mL)/THF (200 mL) was added to theflask with the catalyst. The flask was evacuated and refilled withhydrogen gas (3×) and the reaction was then placed under a hydrogenatmosphere (1 atm) and allowed to stir at rt overnight. The reaction wasfiltered through a Celite® pad and washed with copious amounts ofEtOH/THF (3:1) to afford 3.60 g of the above compound as a brown solid(yield 96%) ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.05 (s, 1H), 8.04 (br s, 2H), 7.88 (s,1H), 7.01 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.61 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 5.31 (br s, 2H),4.07 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.12 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=298; LCMSRT=1.64 min; TLC R_(f)=0.30 (Acetone/CH₂Cl₂ 1:3).

Intermediate C: Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[(phenoxycarbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

To a stirred solution of Intermediate B (1.0 g, 3.4 mmol) in THF (33 mL)was added pyridine (0.33 mL, 4.0 mmol), then phenyl chloroformate (0.42mL, 3.4 mmol) at −40° C. Some solid precipitated out. The mixture wasstirred at rt for 2 h. Then more phenyl chloroformate (0.02 mL, 0.10mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt for another half hour.The reaction was filtered, washed with water (3×5 mL) and EtOAc-hexanes(9:1 v/v)(3×5 mL) to afford the above compound as a light yellow solid(600 mg, 43%). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and furtherpurified by column chromatography (30:70:1 to 80:20:1 v/v/vEtOAc-hexanes-NH₄OH) to afford more of the title compound (570 mg,40%).¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.42 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.06 (br s, 1H),7.93 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46 to 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.35 (d,J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.29 to 7.21 (m, 3H), 5.07 (br s, 1H), 4.06 (q, J=7.2 Hz,2H), 1.08 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=418; LCMS RT=2.81 min.

Intermediate D: Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-(4-{[(4-nitrophenoxy)carbonyl]amino}phenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate C was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 4-nitrophenyl chloroformatefor phenyl chloroformate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.66 (s, 1H), 8.32 (d,J=9.3 Hz, 2H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.56(d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.09(t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=463; LCMS RT=3.29 min.

Intermediate E: Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

To a suspension of Intermediate C (210 mg, 0.45 mmol) in THF:DMF 4:1 (8mL) was added Et₃N (0.20 mL, 1.4 mmol) and2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)aniline (0.18 mL, 1.36 mmol). This wasstirred at rt until reaction was complete upon which the reaction wasevaporated to dryness and purified via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O) to give theproduct as a yellow solid (80 mg, 35%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.33 (s, 1H),8.97 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.11 (brs, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.6-7.3 (m, 5H), 4.10 (q, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 1.11 (t,J=8.0 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=503; LCMS RT=3.50 min; TLC R_(f)=0.40 (3:1 v/vCH₂Cl₂-Acetone).

Intermediate F: Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-formylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

Step 1: Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

To a solution of THF (8.0 mL) was added Intermediate E (80.0 mg, 0.16mmol) followed by DIBAL (0.8 mL, 0.8 mmol, 1.0M solution in THF). Thereaction was stirred at rt with addition of DIBAL (2.4 mL, 2.4 mmol,1.0M solution in THF) in three batches until HPLC indicated completionof reaction. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and quenched withsaturated aqueous Rochelle's salt. Reaction was extracted with EtOAc(4×). Organic was dried (Na₂SO₄) and evaporated to give a crude oil thatwas purified via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O) yielding a yellow solid (40.0 mg,55%). ¹H-NMR (CD₃CN) δ 8.61 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.60(m, 3H), 7.42-7.32 (m, 4H), 4.50 (s, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=461; LCMS RT=2.87min.

Step 2: Preparation of the Title Compound

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea(40.0 mg, 0.09 mmol) was dissolved in THF (5.0 mL) and to it was addedDess-Martin Periodinane reagent (44.0 mg, 0.10 mmol). The reaction wasstirred at rt until HPLC indicated completion of reaction. Reaction wasdiluted with EtOAc and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃/Na₂S₂O₃ 1:1(3×). The aqueous layer was back extracted with EtOAc (2×). Organic wasdried (Na₂SO₄) and evaporated to give a crude oil that was purified viaHPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O) to give a yellow solid (35.0 mg, 88%).¹H-NMR(CD₃OD) δ 9.76 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s,1H), 7.65 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.0 Hz,1H); MS [M+H]⁺=459; LCMS RT=2.95 min.

Intermediate G: Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid

To a solution of Intermediate E (720.0 mg, 1.433 mmol) in 5 mL MeOH and3 mL THF was added 1M NaOH (3.58 mL, 3.58 mmol) and the reaction left tostir at 60° C. for 12 h. The reaction mixture was cooled and partitionedbetween CHCl₃ and pH 2 sulfate buffer. The organic layer was washed withbrine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated to yield a brown solid (623 mg,92% yield). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.17 (bs, 1H), 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.98 (d,J=2 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (dd, J=2 Hz, 8 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (3, 1H), 8.0 (bs, 1H),7.91 (s, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=8 Hz, 2 H), 7.55-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.35 (m,1H), 7.32 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 5.0 (bs, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=475.2; LCMS RT=2.56min; TLC R_(f)=0.26 (1:1:0.02 v/v/v THF:CH₂Cl₂:MeOH).

Intermediate H: Preparation of ethyl3-[4-amino-5-(4-aminophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl]propanoate

Step 1: Preparation of[4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl]methanol

To a solution of THF (10 mL) was added Intermediate A (500 mg, 1.53mmol) followed by DIBAL (3 mL, 3 mmol, 1.0M solution in toluene). Thereaction was stirred at rt for 1 h. Additional DIBAL (1.5 mL, 1.5 mmol,1.0M solution in toluene) was added and stirred at rt for another 1 h.The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and quenched with saturated aqueousRochelle's salt. Reaction was extracted with EtOAc (4×). The organic wasdried (Na₂SO₄) and evaporated to give a crude solid (435 mg, 100%) thatwas used directly in the next step without further purification. ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 8.29 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d,J=9.3 Hz, 2H), 5.07 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=286; LCMS RT=0.59 min.

Step 2: Preparation of 4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carbaldehyde

To a solution of THF (80 mL) was added4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl]methanol (435mg, 1.53 mmol) followed by Dess-Martin Periodinane reagent (4 mL, 1.89mmol, 15% wt in CH₂Cl₂). The reaction was stirred at rt until HPLCindicated completion of reaction (5 h). The reaction was diluted withEtOAc and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃/Na₂S₂O₃ (1:1 v/v) (3×).The aqueous layer was back extracted with EtOAc (2×). The organic wasdried (Na₂SO₄) and evaporated to give a crude yellow solid (433 mg,100%) that was used directly in the next step without furtherpurification.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.79 (s, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.29 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H),8.00 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=284; LCMS RT=2.48 min.

Step 3: Preparation of ethyl(2E)-3-[4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl]acrylate

To a suspension of lithium hydride (68 mg, 4.0 mmol) in THF (5 mL) underN₂ atmosphere was added triethyl phosphonoacetate (498 mg, 2.22 mmol).The mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min and to the reaction mixture wasadded a slurry of4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carbaldehyde(433 mg, 1.53 mmol) in THF (15 ml). The mixture was heated at reflux for2 h. After it was cooled to rt, aqueous NaHCO₃ was slowly added followedby EtOAc. The organic layer was collected and the aqueous layer was backextracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organic layers were dried(Na₂SO₄) and evaporated to give a crude yellow solid that was purifiedby column chromatography (10:90 to 90:10 v/v EtOAc-hexanes) to affordthe title compound (480 mg, 89%). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.42 (d, J=8.0 Hz,2H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=16Hz, 1H), 6.36 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.23 (t, J=7.1Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]+=354; LCMS RT=3.12 min.

Step 4: Preparation of the Title Compound

A suspension of PtO₂ (16 mg, 0.070 mmol) in acetic acid (0.5 ml) wasadded to a suspension of ethyl(2E)-3-[4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl]acrylate(144 mg, 0.408 mmol) in acetic acid (2 ml) under N₂ atmosphere. Theflask was evacuated and refilled with hydrogen gas (3×) and the reactionproceeded under a hydrogen atmosphere (1 atm) for 1 d. Additional PtO₂(50 mg, 0.22 mmol) in acetic acid (0.5 ml) was added and the reactionproceeded under H₂ atmosphere for an additional 1 d. The reaction wasfiltered through a Celite pad and washed with MeOH. It was evaporated todryness, diluted with EtOAc and washed with aqueous Na₂CO₃. The aqueouslayer was back extracted with EtOAc (2×). Organic was dried (Na₂SO₄),filtered, and evaporated to dryness to afford the above compound as ayellow solid (120 mg, yield 90%). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.47(s, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 4.06 (q, J=7.8Hz, 2H), 2.82 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 2.48 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 1.18(t, J=7.8Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=326; LCMS RT=1.20 min.

Intermediate I: Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(3-oxopropyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

Step 1: Preparation of phenyl[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate

To a stirred solution of 2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)aniline (3.00 g,16.7 mmol) in THF (80 mL) was added pyridine (2.71 mL, 33.5 mmol),followed by phenyl chloroformate (3.15 mL, 25.1 mmol) at rt. Some solidprecipitated out. The mixture was stirred at rt overnight. Water wasadded to the reaction and it was extracted with EtOAc. The organicsolution was washed with water (2×) and dried over MgSO₄ and thenfiltered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and purified by columnchromatography (10:90 to 30:70 v/v EtOAc-hexanes) to afford the titlecompound (3.1 g, 62%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.36 (br s, 1H), 8.15 (d,J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.59 to 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.46 to 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.30 to 7.20(m, 3H); TLC R_(f)=0.39 (9:1 v/v hexanes-EtOAc).

Step 2: Preparation of ethyl3-(4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)propanoate

To a solution of THF (2.0 mL) was added Intermediate H (80 mg, 0.25mmol) followed by phenyl [2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate(74 mg, 0.25 mmol) and triethylamine (34 mL, 0.25 mmol). The reactionwas stirred at 0° C. and was allowed to slowly warm to rt overnight. Thesolution was concentrated in vacuo to dryness and then purified bycolumn chromatography (5:95 to 50:50 v/v EtOAc-hexanes) to afford thetitle compound (66 mg, 50%).¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H),7.74 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.40 to 7.31 (m,4H), 4.06 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.84 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.50 (t, J=7.4 Hz,2H), 1.18 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=53 1; LCMS RT=3.29 min.

Step 3: Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(3-hydroxypropyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

To a solution of THF (6 mL) was added ethyl3-(4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)propanoate (62mg, 0.12 mmol) followed by DIBAL (0.6 mL, 0.6 mmol, 1.0M solution intoluene). The reaction was stirred at rt for 1 h. Additional DIBAL (1.2mL, 1.2 mmol, 1.0M solution in toluene) was added and stirred at rt foran additional 1 h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and quenched withsaturated aqueous Rochelle's salt. Reaction was extracted with EtOAc(4×). The combined organic layers were dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, andevaporated to dryness to afford a crude yellow solid (56 mg, 98%) thatwas used directly in the next step without further purification. ¹H-NMR(CD₃OD) δ 8.62 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H),7.52 (s, 1H), 7.38 to 7.31 (m, 4H), 3.50 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.61 (t,J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 1.77 to 1.65 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=489; LCMS RT=2.50 min.

Step 4: Preparation of the Title Compound

To a solution of THF (5 mL) was addedN-{4-[4-amino-6-(3-hydroxypropyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea(55 mg, 0.11 mmol) followed by Dess-Martin Periodinane reagent (0.29 mL,0.14 mmol, 15% wt in CH₂Cl₂). The reaction was stirred until HPLCindicated completion of reaction (2 h). The reaction was diluted withEtOAc and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃/Na₂S₂O₃ 1:1 (3×). Theaqueous layer was back extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organiclayers were dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and evaporated to give a crudeyellow solid (53 mg, 96%) that was used without further purification.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.35 (s, 1H), 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H),7.80 (s, 1H), 7.62 to 7.28 (m, 6H), 2.71 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.41 (t,J=7.4 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=487; LCMS RT=2.62 min.

Intermediate J: Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid

Step 1: Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino]carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

To a solution of DCE (5 mL) was added Intermediate B (300 mg, 1.01 mmol)followed by 2-chloro-1-isocyanato-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzene (0.32 mL,2.12 mmol). The reaction was stirred under N₂ at rt for 1 h, and then aq2N HCl (0.50 mL, 1.01 mmol) was added to the reaction followed by DMF (5mL). The solution was heated at 80° C. for 1 h. Upon cooling to rt thesolution was diluted with EtOAc, transferred to a separatory funnel, andwashed with aq saturated NaHCO₃. The aq layer was back extracted withEtOAc. The combined organic layers were collected, dried, concentrated,and purified by column chromatography (95:5 v/v CH₂Cl₂—MeOH). Theresulting fractions containing product were concentrated and trituratedusing CH₂Cl₂ and hexanes. The product was filtered and dried in vacuo toafford 408 mg of the above compound as a white solid (0.79 mmol, yield78%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.72 (s, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.13(s, 1H), 8.08 (br s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.39 to 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 5.10 (brs,1H), 4.09 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.12 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=519; LCMSRT=3.58 min; TLC R_(f)=0.26 (95:5 v/v CH₂Cl₂—MeOH).

Step 2: Preparation of the Title Compound

To a solution of MeOH (20 mL) and THF (50 mL) was added ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate (381mg, 0.73 mmol) followed by aq 1N NaOH (7.34 mL, 7.34 mmol). The reactionwas then heated under N₂ at 60° C. for 17 h. Upon cooling to rt thesolution was partially rotavapped and was then treated with 1N HCl (7.34mL, 7.34 mmol). A precipitate formed which was collected and washed withwater yielding 324 mg of the above compound as a white solid (0.66 mmol,yield 90%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.29 (br s, 1H), 9.75 (s, 1H), 8.69 (s,1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 8.03 (br s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d,J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=8.6 Hz,2H), 5.05 (br s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=491; LCMS RT=3.15 min; TLC R_(f)<0.1(5:4:1 v/v/v CH₂Cl₂-EtOAc-MeOH).

Intermediate K: Preparation of4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylic acid

A suspension of Intermediate A (1.04 g, 3.18 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL), THF(5 mL) and 1N NaOH (5.56mL, 5.56 mmol) was stirred at 80° C. for 6 h.The homogeneous solution was cooled to rt and treated dropwise with 1NHCl (5.56 mL). The reaction was concentrated in vacuo and the resultingsolid triturated with water to give the above compound as a tan solid.MS [M+H]⁺=300.2; LCMS RT=1.37 min.

Intermediate L: Preparation of4-amino-5-(4-aminophenyl)-N-(tert-butyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

Step 1: Preparation of4-amino-N-(tert-butyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

To a solution of toluene (10 mL) was added 2M trimethyl aluminum inhexanes (1.37 mL, 2.75 mmol) followed by 2-methylpropan-2-amine (0.14mL, 1.37 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt for 15 min and thenIntermediate A (300 mg, 0.92 mmol) was added. The solution was heated at110° C. for 17 h. Upon cooling to rt 1N HCl was slowly added untilbubbling ceased. EtOAc was added followed by careful addition of aqNaHCO₃. The solution was transferred to a separatory funnel, the organicwas collected and the aqueous was back extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL).The combined organics were dried (MgSO₄), concentrated, and purified bycolumn chromatography (50:45:5 v/v/v CH₂Cl₂/EtOAc/MeOH) to afford 181 mgof the above compound (0.51 mmol, yield 56%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) 8.25 (d,J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.39(s, 1H) 1.25 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=355; LCMS RT=2.42 min.

Step 2: Preparation of the Title Compound

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by substituting4-amino-N-(tert-butyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamidefor Intermediate A. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.89 (br s, 1H),7.84 (s, 1H), 7.07 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.69 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.15 (s,1H), 5.44 (s, 2H), 5.04 (br s, 1H), 1.14 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=325; LCMSRT=1.38 min; TLC R_(f)=0.15 (95:5 v/v CH₂Cl₂—MeOH).

Intermediate M: Preparation of4-amino-5-(4-aminophenyl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

Step 1: Preparation of4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

To a solution of thionyl chloride (15 mL) was added Intermediate K (495mg, 1.73 mmol) which was heated at 50° C. for 3 h. Upon cooling to rtthe reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness chasing with THF. Thereaction mixture was then diluted with 2,2,2-trifluoro-ethylaminehydrochloride salt (587 mg, 4.33 mmol) and triethylamine (1.15 ml, 8.66mmol) in THF (8 mL) and stirred at rt overnight. The solution wasrotavapped to dryness, diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), transferred to aseparatory funnel, and washed with water (50 mL). The water layer wasback extracted with EtOAc (4×20 mL), dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, andconcentrated to dryness. Then it was triturated with EtOAc/MeOH. Theproduct was collected to afford 490 mg of the above compound as a yellowsolid (yield 74%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.77 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (s,1H), 8.23 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 3.97to 3.91 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=381.1; LCMS RT=2.33 min).

Step 2: Preparation of the Title Compound

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by substituting4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamidefor Intermediate A. 1H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.17(d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 4.03 to 3.85 (m, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=351.2; LCMS RT=1.14 min.

Intermediate N: Preparation of 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl(5-(4-aminophenyl)-6-{[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]carbonyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-yl)carbamate

Step 1: Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of4-amino-N-(tert-butyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide(Intermediate L

Step 1) was used to prepare the title compound by substituting2-methoxyethanamine for 2-methylpropan-2-amine. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.22(d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.11 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H),7.58 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 3.28 to 3.26 (m, 2H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.16 to 3.14(m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=357; LCMS RT=1.83 min. Step 2: Preparation of2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl[6-{[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]carbonyl}-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-yl]carbamate

To a solution of DMF (100 mL) was added4-amino-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide(4.03g, 11.3 mmol) followed by 60% NaH by weight in mineral oil (1.13g,28.3 mmol). The solution was stirred for 15 min and then 4-nitrophenyl2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl carbonate (3.52 g, 12.4 mmol) was added. Thesolution was stirred under N₂ for 2 h. MeOH was added to the reactionuntil bubbling ceased and then EtOAc (50 mL) was added. The solution wastransferred to a separatory funnel and was washed with 1N NaOH (20 mL)and water (20 mL). The organic was collected, dried (Na₂SO₄), andpurified by column chromatography to afford 3.60 g of the above compound(7.15 mmol, yield 63%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.38 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.16(s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H1) 5.87 to 5.86 (m, 1H),4.17 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 3.48 to 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.36 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 2H),3.21 (s, 3H), 0.93 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), −0.01 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=501; LCMSRT=3.17 min.

Step 3: Preparation of the Title Compound

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl[6-{[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]carbonyl}-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-yl]carbamate for Intermediate A. ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.42 (br s, 1H),7.04 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.61 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 5.36 (br s, 2H), 3.99(t, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 3.29 to 3.25 (m, 4H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 0.88 to 0.84 (m,2H), −0.01 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=471; LCMS RT=3.04 min.

Intermediate O: Preparation of4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carbonitrile

To a solution of pyridine (8.75 mL) was added4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carbaldehyde(Intermediate H, Step 2) (500 mg, 1.77 mmol) followed by hydroxylaminehydrochloride (135 mg, 1.94 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt for 1h, acetic anhydride (366 mL, 3.88 mmol) was added, and the solution washeated to 80° C. for 17 h. Upon cooling to rt the reaction mixture waspartially rotavapped and then diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and H₂O (50mL). The solution was transferred to a separatory funnel, and theorganic layer was isolated while the aqueous layers were back extractedwith EtOAc (2×25 mL). The combined organic layers were collected, dried(Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated to dryness to afford a brown solid.This proved to be a 1:1 ratio of the title compound andN-[6-cyano-5-(4-nitro-phenyl)-pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-yl]-acetamide.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.67 (s, 1H), 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 8.57(s,1H), 8.40 to 8.30 (m, 4H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.79 to 7.68 (m, 4H), 1.74 (s,3H); MS [M+H]⁺=281.2, 323.0; LCMS RT=2.48 min.

Intermediate P: Preparation of4-amino-5-(4-aminophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carbonitrile

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Intermediate O forIntermediate A¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d,J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=251.3; LCMS RT=0.40min.

Intermediate Q: Preparation of4-amino-5-(4-aminophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

Step 1: Preparation of4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

A mixture of Intermediate O (80 mg, 0.29 mmol) in sulfuric acid (1 mL)was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was slowly quenchedwith saturated sodium bicarbonate solution until gas evolution ceased.The reaction mixture was then extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL) and THF (3×5mL), dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated to dryness to afford abrown solid. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) 8 8.22 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.80(s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=299.1; LCMS RT=1.15 min.

Step 2: Preparation of the Title Compound

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by substituting4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide forIntermediate A. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.98 (br s,2H), 7.53 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=269.3;LCMS RT=0.19 min.

Intermediate R: Preparation of[4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl]methanol

To a solution of THF (10 mL) was added Intermediate A (500 mg, 1.53mmol) followed by DIBAL (3 mL, 3 mmol, 1.0 M solution in toluene). Thereaction was stirred at rt for 1 h. Additional DIBAL (1.5 mL, 1.5 mmol,1.0 M solution in toluene) was added and stirring continued at rt foranother 1 h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and quenched withsaturated aqueous Rochelle's salt. The reaction was extracted with EtOAc(4×). The organic was dried (Na₂SO₄) and evaporated to give a crudesolid (435 mg, 100%). that was used directly in the next step withoutfurther purification. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.29 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.89(s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 2H), 5.07 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 1H),4.38 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=286; LCMS RT=0.59 min.

Intermediate S: Preparation of6-(chloromethyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

A mixture Intermediate R (522 mg, 1.83 mmol) in thionyl chloride (10 mL)was stirred at 50° C. for 1 h. It was then concentrated to dryness toafford a brown solid. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.37 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.19(s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 4.70 (s, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=304.3; LCMS RT=2.44 min.

Intermediate T: Preparation of5-(4-aminophenyl)-6-methylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Intermediate S forIntermediate A. ¹H-NMR CD₃OD) δ 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.13 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.86 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 2.11 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=240.3;LCMS RT=1.06 min.

Intermediate U: Preparation of5-(4-aminophenyl)-6-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

Step 1: Preparation of6-(methoxymethyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

To a solution of thionyl chloride (20 mL) was added Intermediate R (873mg, 3.06 mmol) which was heated to reflux under N₂ for 2 h. Upon coolingto rt the reaction mixture was rotavapped to dryness chasing withCH₂Cl₂. The reaction mixture was then diluted with MeOH (20 mL) and then60% by weight NaH with mineral oil (489 mg, 12.2 mmol) was added. Thesolution was heated to reflux for 6 h. Upon cooling to rt the solutionwas rotavapped to dryness, diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), transferred to aseparatory funnel, and washed with water (50 mL). The water layer wasback extracted with EtOAc (4×20 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered, andpurified by column chromatography (95:5 v/v CH₂CL₂:MeOH). The resultingclean fractions were combined, evaporated, and triturated withCH₂Cl₂/diethyl ether. The product was collected to afford 470 mg of theabove compound as a yellow solid (1.57 mmol, yield 51%). ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 8.30 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d,J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 3.21 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=300, LCMS RT=2.07min; TLC R_(f)=0.54 (95:5 v/v CH₂Cl₂—MeOH).

Step 2: Preparation of the Title Compound

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by substituting6-(methoxymethyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-aminefor Intermediate A. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) 67.79 (s, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.03(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.64 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.30 (s, 2H), ), 4.24 (s,2H), 3.19 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=270; LCMS RT=0.26 min; TLC R_(f)=0.30 (95:5v/v CH₂Cl₂—MeOH).

Intermediate V: Preparation of4-amino-5-(4-aminophenyl)-N-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

Step 1: Preparation of4-amino-N-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

To a solution of Intermediate K (550 mg, 1.84 mmol),3-amino-1,2-propanediol (251 mg, 2.76 mmol), triethylamine (1.0 mL, 7.4mmol), and DMF (20 mL) was added py-BOP (1051 mg, 2.02 mmol) and thereaction was left to stir for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentratedin vacuo and the residue triturated first with water and then with 30%aqueous ethanol to afford 318 mg of the above compound as anorange/yellow solid (yield 47%). MS [M+H]⁺=373.2; LCMS RT=1.21.

Step 2: Preparation of the Title Compound

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by4-amino-N-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamidefor Intermediate A. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.28(t, J=6 Hz, 1H) 7.02 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 5.34 (s, 2H), 5.05 (bs, 1H), 4.75(bs, 1H), 4.52 (bs, 1H), 4.38 to 3.43 (m. 1H), 3.36 to 3.16 (m, 3H),3.03 to 2.85 (m, 1H). MS [M+H]⁺=343.2; LCMS RT=1.02 min.

Intermediate W: Preparation of4-amino-5-(4-aminophenyl)-N-cyclopropylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

Step 1: Preparation of4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of4-amino-N-(tert-butyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide(Intermediate L Step 1) was used to prepare the title compound bysubstituting cyclopropylamine for 2-methylpropan-2-amine. ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 8.23 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.13 (br s, 1H), 7.93(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 2.67 to 2.59 (m, 1H), 0.62 to 0.54 (in,2H), 0.46 to 0.41 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=339.2; LCMS RT=1.40 min.

Step 2: Preparation of the Title Compound

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by substituting4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamidefor Intermediate A. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.07(s, 1H), 6.73 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.33 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 5.05 (s, 2H),2.38 to 2.28 (m, 1H), 0.34 to 0.24 (m, 2H), 0.067 to −0.032 (m, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=309.3; LCMS RT=0.23 min.

Intermediate X: Preparation of4-amino-5-(4-aminophenyl)-N-methylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

Step 1: Preparation of4-amino-N-methyl-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

To a solution of thionyl chloride (10 mL) was added Intermediate K (300mg, 1.00 mmol) which was heated at 50° C. for 3 h. Upon cooling to rtthe reaction mixture was rotavapped to dryness chasing with THF. Thereaction mixture was then diluted with 2M methylamine in THF (40 mL) andstirred at rt overnight. The solution was rotavapped to dryness, dilutedwith EtOAc (50 mL), transferred to a separatory funnel, and washed withwater (50 mL). The water layer was back extracted with EtOAc (4×20 mL),dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and rotavapped to dryness. Then it wastriturated with EtOAc/MeOH. The product was collected to afford 240 mgof the above compound as a yellow solid (240 mg, yield 76%). ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 8.22 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d,J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 3.60 to 3.55 (m, 1H), 2.62 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=313.2; LCMS RT=0.58 min).

Step 2: Preparation of the Title Compound

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by substituting4-amino-N-methyl-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamidefor Intermediate A. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.00(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.61 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 5.31 (s, 2H), 4.19 to 4.12(m, 1H), 2.59 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=281.3; LCMS RT=1.03 min

Intermediate Y: Preparation of4-amino-5-(4-aminophenyl)-N-(2-morpholin-4-ylethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

Step 1: Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-morpholin-4-ylethyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of4-amino-N-methyl-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide(Intermediate X Step 1) was used to prepare the title compound bysubstituting 2-morpholin-4-yl-ethylamine for methylamine. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD)δ 8.34 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=8.8 Hz,2H), 3.66 to 3.61 (m, 4H), 3.39 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.49 to 2.40 (m, 6H);MS [M+H]⁺=412.2; LCMS RT=0.28 min.

Step 2: Preparation of the Title Compound

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by substituting4-amino-N-(2-morpholin-4-ylethyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamidefor Intermediate A. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.04 (br s, 2H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.80(s, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.85 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.64 to 3.57(m, 4H), 3.42 to 3.36 (m, 2H), 2.35 to 2.27 (m, 6H); MS [M+H]⁺=382.3;LCMS RT=0.17 min.

Intermediate Z: Preparation of5-(4-aminophenyl)-6-[(2-methoxyethoxy)methyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

Step 1: Preparation of6-[(2-methoxyethoxy)methyl]-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

The procedure used for the preparation of6-(methoxymethyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine(Intermediate U Step 1) was used to prepare the title compound bysubstituting 2-methoxy-ethanol for methanol. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.35 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.45(s, 2H), 3.59 to 3.49 (m, 4H), 3.33 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=344.1; LCMSRT=2.14 min.

Step 2: Preparation of the Title Compound

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by substituting6-[(2-methoxyethoxy)methyl]-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-aminefor Intermediate A. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.17(d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.81 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.57 to 3.47(m, 4H), 3.32 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=314.3; LCMS RT=0.25 min.

Intermediate AA: Preparation of5-(4-aminophenyl)-6-[(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)methyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

Step 1 Preparation of5-(4-nitrophenyl)-6-[(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)methyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

The procedure used for the preparation of6-(methoxymethyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine(Intermediate U Step 1) was used to prepare the title compound bysubstituting 2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanol for methanol. ¹H-NMR (Acetone-d₆) δ8.36 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=8.6 Hz,2H), 4.68 (s, 2H), 4.04 to 3.94 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=368.3; LCMS RT=2.68min.

Step 2: Preparation of the Title Compound

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by5-(4-nitrophenyl)-6-[(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)methyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-aminefor Intermediate A. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.15(d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.81 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 4.53 (s, 2H), 3.93 to 3.72(m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=338.2; LCMS RT=1.69 min.

Intermediate AB: Preparation of5-(4-aminophenyl)-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

Step 1: Preparation of5-(4-nitrophenyl)-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

To a solution of4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carbaldehyde(Intermediate H, Step 2) (692 mg, 2.44 mmol) was added tosylmethylisocyanide (477 mg, 2.44 mmol) and potassium carbonate (338 mg, 2.44mmol) in MeOH. The solution was allowed to stir at reflux overnight. Thesolution was dried and diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and THF (50 mL). Water(50 mL) was added to the reaction mixture. The solution was transferredto a separatory funnel, and the organic layer was isolated and washedwith brine (50 mL). The aqueous layers were back extracted with EtOAc(2×50 mL). The combined organic layers were collected, dried (Na₂SO₄),concentrated onto silica gel, and purified by column chromatography(100% CH₂Cl₂ ramping to 95:5 v/v CH₂Cl₂-EtOAc) to afford 310 mg of theabove compound as an yellow solid (yield 39%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 11.70(s, 1H), 8.31 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d,J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=323.2; LCMS RT=2.57 min.

Step 2: Preparation of the Title Compound

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by substituting5-(4-nitrophenyl)-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-aminefor Intermediate A.¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s,1H), 7.15 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.87 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.45 (s, 1H); MS[M+H]⁺=293.2; LCMS RT=1.23 min.

Intermediate AC: Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(1,1-dimethyl-2-oxoethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate F (Step 2) wasused to prepare the title compound by substituting4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethylethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamideforN-{4-[4-amino-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.69 (s, 1H), 9.21 (s, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d,J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=8.8Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (dd, J=8.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d,J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 3.30 (s, 6H); MS [M+H]⁺=560.1; LCMS RT=3.36 min.

Intermediate AD: Preparation of5-(4-aminophenyl)-6-(1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

Step 1: Preparation of5-(4-nitrophenyl)-6-(1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

To a solution of thionyl chloride (5 mL) was added Intermediate K (183mg, 0.613 mmol) which was heated at 50° C. for 3 h. Upon cooling to rtthe reaction mixture was rotavapped to dryness chasing with THF. Thereaction mixture was then diluted with pyridine (5 mL), added hydrazine(100 mg, 3.15 mmol), and stirred at rt overnight. The solution wasrotavapped to dryness, diluted with trimethoxy-methane (10 mL), andstirred at reflux for 5 h. The solution was rotavapped to dryness, andpurified by HPLC to afford the title compound (27 mg, 14%); ¹H-NMR(CD₃OD) δ 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.24 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 2H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s,1H), 7.73 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=324.2; LCMS RT=2.07 min.

Step 2: Preparation of the Title Compound

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by substituting5-(4-nitrophenyl)-6-(1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-aminefor Intermediate A. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.75(s, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.66 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=294.2; LCMS RT=0.21 min.

Intermediate AE: Preparation of5-(4-Amino-phenyl)-6-imidazol-1-ylmethyl-pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-ylamine

Step 1: Preparation of6-imidazol-1-ylmethyl-5-(4-nitro-phenyl)-pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-ylamine

The procedure used for the preparation of6-(methoxymethyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine(Intermediate U Step 1) was used to prepare the title compound bysubstituting imidazole for methanol. ¹H-NMR (Acetone-d₆) δ 8.22 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.27(s, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=336.0; LCMSRT=0.25 min.

Step 2: Preparation of the Title Compound

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by substituting6-imidazol-1-ylmethyl-5-(4-nitro-phenyl)-pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-ylaminefor Intermediate A. MS [M+H]⁺=306.0; LCMS RT=1.02 min.

Intermediate AF: Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

Example 51 (0.25 g, 0.515 mmol) was suspended in THF (5 mL) and treatedwith 1M solution of DIBAL in THF (2 mL, 2.06 mmol). The resultingsolution was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and quenched withsaturated NH₄Cl solution. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour. Themixture was transferred to a sep. funnel and the crude product wasextracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was then washed with water andsaturated NaCl solution. The organic layer was then dried over MgSO₄,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining solidwas then triturated with EtOAc and filtered providing 0.22 g of productas a tan solid (0.496 mmol, 96% yield). ¹H-NMR (DMSO) δ 11.66 (s, 1H),9.86 (s, 1H), 9.73 (s, 1H), 8.53 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.82(s, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.35 (m, 3H), 4.95(t, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=444.0; LCMS RT=2.3min.

Intermediate AG: Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-formylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

Intermediate AF (1.9 g, 4.29 mmol) was suspended in THF (20 mL) andtreated with Dess-Martin periodinane (2.0 g, 4.71 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at room temperature overnight and quenched with saturated NHCO₃solution with Na₂S₂O₃. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour thentransferred to a sep. funnel. The crude product was extracted with EtOAcand washed with water and saturated NaCl solution. The organic layer wasthen dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.The remaining solid was then triturated with EtOAc and filteredproviding 1.8 g of product as a tan solid (4.08 mmol, 95% yield). ¹H-NMR(DMSO) δ 10.05 (bs, 1H), 9.82 (s, 1H), 9.72 (s, 1H), 8.52 (d, J=5.1 Hz,1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H),7.44 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=442.0; LCMSRT=2.81 min.

Intermediate AH: Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate G was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 144 for IntermediateE. ¹H-NMR (DMSO) δ 10.29 (bs, 1H), 8.03 to 7.96 (m, 3H), 7.86 (s, 1H),7.53 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H);MS [M+H]⁺=458.1; LCMS RT=2.51 min.

Intermediate AI: Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-(3-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

Step 1: Preparation of 3-fluoro-N-methoxy-N-methyl-4-nitrobenzamide

To a solution of CH₂Cl₂ (1L) was added 3-fluoro-4-nitrobenzoic acid (100g, 540 mmol) and EDCI (155.3 g, 810 mmol) followed by NMM (178 mL, 1.62mol) and N-methoxymethanamine hydrochloride (79.0 g, 810 mmol). Thesolution was allowed to stir under N₂ at rt for 17 h. The reactionmixture was then diluted with 1N HCl (1 L), transferred to separatoryfunnel, and separated. The organic phase was washed with 1N NaOH (2×500mL) and water (250 ML). All aqueous layers were back extracted withEtOAc (2×500 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried (MgSO₄),filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. to afford 102.3 g of the abovecompound as a yellow solid (448 mmol, yield 83%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ8.22 to 8.18 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 to 7.76 (d, J=11.5 Hz, 1H), 7.60 to7.58 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (s, 3H), 3.28 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=229. 1;LCMS RT=2.27 min.

Step 2: Preparation of ethyl 3-fluoro-4-nitrobenzaldehyde

To a solution of THF (800 mL) cooled in an ice-salt/water bath was added3-fluoro-N-methoxy-N-methyl-4-nitrobenzamide followed by addition of 1 MDIBAL in THF by addition funnel over 30 min. The solution was allowed tostir under N₂ for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then carefully dilutedwith 1N HCl (500 mL) and EtOAc (500 mL), transferred to separatoryfunnel, and separated. The organic phase was washed with 1N HCl (3×250mL), 1N NaOH (2×250 mL), and water (250 mL). All aqueous layers wereback extracted with EtOAc (2×250 mL). The organic layers were combined,dried (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 67 g of theabove compound (396 mmol, yield 88%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.06 (s, 1H),8.36 to 8.32 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.06 to 8.03(d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 7.95 to7.93 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H).

Step 3: Preparation of ethyl (2E)-3-(3-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl)acrylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate H Step 3 was usedto prepare the title compound by substituting ethyl3-fluoro-4-nitrobenzaldehyde for4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carbaldehyde.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.17 to 8.13 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 8.04 to 8.01 (d,J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 7.79 to 7.77 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.71 to 7.67 (d, J=16.1Hz, 1H), 6.93 to 6.87 (d, J=15.9 Hz, 1H), 4.24 to 4.18 (q, J=7.1 Hz,2H), 1.29 to 1.25 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); LCMS RT=3.18.

Step 4: Preparation of ethyl4-(3-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate A Step 1 was usedto prepare the title compound by substituting ethyl(2E)-3-(3-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl)acrylate for(2E)-3-(4-nitrophenyl)acrylate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 11.86 (s, 1H), 8.10to 8.06 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.74 to 7.71 (d, J=13.5 Hz, 1H), 7.57 to 7.54(m, 2H), 7.31 to 7.30 (m, 1H), 4.18 to 4.13 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.25 to1.21 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H); LCMS RT=3.05 min.

Step 5: Preparation of ethyl4-(3-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl)-5-formyl-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate A Step 2 was usedto prepare the title compound by substituting ethyl4-(3-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate for ethyl4-(4-nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.99 (s,1H), 9.33 (s, 1H), 8.17 to 8.13 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 to 7.74 (m, 2H),7.52 to 7.50 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H) 4.13 to 4.07 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.16 to1.13 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H); LCMS RT=2.92.

Step 6: Preparation of ethyl5-cyano-4-(3-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate A Step 3 was usedto prepare the title compound by substituting of ethyl4-(3-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl)-5-formyl-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate for5-formyl-4-(nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆)813.29 (s, 1H), 8.22 to 8.18 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.74 to7.71 (d, J=10.9 Hz, 1H), 7.51 to 7.50 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 4.16 to 4.10(q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.18 to 1.15 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).

Step 7: Preparation of ethyl1-amino-5-cyano-4-(3-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate A Step 5 was usedto prepare the title compound by substituting ethyl5-cyano-4-(3-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate for ethyl5-cyano-4-(nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ8.23 8.21 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.49to 7.47 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (s, 2H).

Step 8: Preparation of the Title Compound

To a solution of EtOH (75 mL) was added ethyl1-amino-5-cyano-4-(3-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate(1.68 g, 5.28 mmol) and formamidine acetate (5.49 g, 52.8 mmol). Thesolution was heated to 80° C. for 17 h. Upon cooling to rt the solutionwas treated with water and a precipitate formed which was filtered andwashed with additional water. The solid was then suspended in DCM andEt₂O. The solid was collected and washed with Et₂O yielding 1.22 g of anorange-yellow solid (3.52 mmol, yield 67%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.20 (s,1H), 8.18 to 8.14 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.66 to 7.63 (d,J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 7.41 to 7.39 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.12 to 4.07 (q, J=7.0Hz, 2H), 1.13 to 1.10 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=346.2; LCMS RT=2.77min.

Intermediate AJ: Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-(4-amino-3-fluorophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Intermediate 2 forIntermediate A. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.04 to7.01 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 1H), 6.88 to 6.85 (m, 2H), 6.81 to 6.77 (m, 1H),5.36 (s, 2H), 4.11 to 4.06 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.15 to 1.11 (t, J=7.0 Hz,3H); MS [M+H]⁺=316.1; LCMS RT=2.16 min.

Intermediate AK: Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-formylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate F was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 258 for IntermediateE. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.90 (s, 1H), 9.74 (s, 1H), 9.48 (s, 1H), 8.26(s, 1H), 8.15 to 8.14 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.68 to 7.66 (d,J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.45 to 7.43 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 6.87 to6.85 (m, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=388.1; LCMS RT=2.09 min.

Intermediate AL: Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-formylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)-2-fluorophenyl]-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate F was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 242 for IntermediateE. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.16 (s, 1H), 10.13 to 10.08 (br s, 1H), 9.76 (s,1H), 8.55 to 8.54 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.34 to 8.29 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 1H),8.28 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.48 to 7.45 (d, J=11.2 Hz,1H), 7.39 to 7.38 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.29 to 7.27 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H); MS[M+H]⁺=459.9; LCMS RT=2.96 min.

Intermediate AM: Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(4-formyl-1,3-oxazol-2-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate F was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 237 for IntermediateE. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.79 (s, 1H), 9.37 (s, 1H), 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.87 (s,1H), 8.63 to 8.61 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.60 to7.58 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.53 to 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.42 to 7.40 (m, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=526.1; LCMS RT=2.93 min.

Intermediate AN: Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-formylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)-2-fluorophenyl]-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate F was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 249 for IntermediateE. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.75 (s, 1H), 9.45 (s, 1H), 9.33 (s, 1H), 8.65 to8.64 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 8.34 to 8.29 (m, 2H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.54 to 7.40(m, 3H), 7.27 to 7.25 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=477. 1; LCMS RT=3.07min.

Intermediate AO: Preparation of phenyl{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}carbamate

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate C was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Intermediate AB forIntermediate B. ¹-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.48 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s,1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.67 to 7.65 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45 to 7.38 (m, 4H),7.28 to 7.23 (m, 3H), 6.54 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=413.1; LCMS RT=2.51 min.

Example 1 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

To a solution of DCE (2 mL) was added Intermediate B (75 mg, 0.25 mmol)followed by 1-fluoro-2-isocyanato-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzene (52 mg,0.25 mmol). The reaction was stirred at rt for 2 h. The solution wasconcentrated in vacuo to dryness and then purified by preparative HPLC(10-90% ACN/H₂O with 0.1% TFA). The resulting fractions were transferredto a separatory funnel, diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), washed with aqueoussaturated NaHCO₃ (20 mL) and H₂O (20 mL). The organic layer wasisolated, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated to dryness to afford30 mg of the above compound (0.060 mmol, yield 24%) ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ9.33 (s, 1H), 8.95 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.63 to 8.61 (m, 1H), 8.13 (s,1H), 8.07 (br s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.56 to 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.51 to 7.48(m, 1H), 7.40 (br s, 1H), 7.34 to 7.32 (m, 2H), 5.09 (br s, 1H), 4.11 to4.06 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.13 to 1.10 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=503;LCMS RT=3.22 min; TLC R_(f)=0.15 (95:5 v/v CH₂Cl₂—MeOH).

Example 2 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 1 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting1-chloro4-isocyanato-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzene for1-fluoro-2-isocyanato-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzene and purifying by columnchromatography (5:4:1 v/v/v CH₂Cl₂-EtOAc-MeOH). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.22(br s, 1H), 9.02 (br s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.92(s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.55 to 7.53 (m, 2H),7.32 to 7.30 (m, 2H), 4.10 to 4.05 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.12 to 1.09 (t,J=7.0 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=519; LCMS RT=3.06 min; TLC R_(f)=0.48 (5:4:1v/v/v CH₂Cl₂-EtOAc-MeOH).

Example 3 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

To a solution of THF (1 mL) was added Intermediate C (55 mg, 0.13 mmol)followed by 4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline (30 μL, 0.24 mmol) andtriethylamine (55 μL, 0.40 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 40° C. for48 h. The solution was concentrated in vacuo to dryness and thenpurified by preparative HPLC (10-100% ACN/H₂O with 0.1% TFA). Theresulting fractions were combined, concentrated in vacuo, diluted withEtOAc (5 mL), and washed with aqueous saturated Na₂CO₃ (5 mL). Theaqueous layer was back extracted with EtOAc (5 mL). The organic layerwas combined, dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated to dryness toafford 37 mg of the above compound (0.074 mmol, yield 56%). ¹H-NMR(CD₃OD) δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J=6.4, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.69to 7.62 (m, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.26(t, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=503; LCMS RT=3.02 min.

Example 4 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(2,2,4,4-tetrafluoro-4H-1,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate D for Intermediate C,and 2,2,4,4-tetrafluoro-4H-1,3-benzodioxin-6-amine for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.02(s, 1H), 8.01 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J=8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (q,J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=547; LCMS RT=3.29 min.

Example 5 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.93(br s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=8.7 Hz,2H), 7.48 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (d, J=8.2 Hz,1H), 4.10 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=485; LCMSRT=3.43 min.

Example 6 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 4-(trifluoromethyl)aniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.83(s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.60 to 7.55 (m, 4H), 7.36 (d, J=8.6Hz, 2H), 4.14 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=485;LCMS RT=3.47 min.

Example 7 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2-(trifluoromethyl)aniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.96(d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.70 to 7.56 (m, 4H), 7.37 (d, J=8.7Hz, 2H), 7.30 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.11 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.1Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=485; LCMS RT=2.80 min.

Example 8 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2-(trifluoromethoxy)aniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.26 (dd, J=8.5,2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.40 to7.28 (m, 4H), 7.14 to 7.07 (m, 1H), 4.08 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t,J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=501; LCMS RT=3.07 min.

Example 9 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 3-(trifluoromethoxy)aniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.83(s, 1H), 7.64 (br s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 to 7.28 (m, 5H),4.10 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.57 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=501; LCMSRT=3.08 min.

Example 10 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-bromo-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 4-bromo-3-(trifluoromethyl)anilinefor 4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.07 (s, 1H),8.01 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.60 to7.54 (m, 3H), 7.36 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t,J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=563; LCMS RT=3.19 min.

Example 11 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 4-(trifluoromethoxy)aniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.83(s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=8.5Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.14 (t, J=7.2Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=501; LCMS RT=3.11 min.

Example 12 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(1-methyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f1 [1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 1-methyl-1H-indazol-5-amine for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.93(d, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.59 to 7.51 (m, 3H), 7.36 (d, J=8.6Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H),1.09 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=471; LCMS RT=2.90 min.

Example 13 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-(4-{[(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylamino)carbonyl]amino}phenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 1,3-benzodioxol-5-amine for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.84(s, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (t, J=1.4Hz, 1H), 6.92 (br s, 1H), 6.76 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 2H), 5.92 (s, 2H), 4.08 (q,J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=461; LCMS RT=3.04 min.

Example 14 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(2,2-difluoro-1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2,2-difluoro-1,3-benzodioxol-5-aminefor 4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.08 (s, 1H),7.84 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d,J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J=8.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H),6.92 (br s, 1H), 4.09 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.15 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=497; LCMS RT=3.44 min.

Example 15 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 3-chloro-4-fluoroaniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.84(s, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J=6.3, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d,J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.33 to 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.17 (t, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (q,J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=469; LCMS RT=3.37 min.

Example 16 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(3-isopropylphenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 3-isopropylaniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.84(s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.39 to 7.32 (m, 3H), 7.26 to 7.19 (m,2H), 6.92 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.1 Hz,3H); MS [M+H]⁺=459; LCMS RT=3.07 min.

Example 17 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(4-isopropylphenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 4-isopropylaniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.84(s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.37 to 7.32 (m, 4H), 7.18 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 4.15 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=459;LCMS RT=3.09 min.

Example 18 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-S-[4-({[(3,4-dichlorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 3,4-dichloroaniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.84(s, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.44 to 7.29(m, 4H), 6.92 (s, 2H), 4.15 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H);MS [M+H]⁺=485; LCMS RT=3.14 min.

Example 19 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(4-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 4-bromo-2-fluoroaniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.12to 8.07 (m, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.42 to 7.27 (m,3H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 4.15 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=513; LCMS RT=3.42 min.

Example 20 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-[({[3-methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 3-methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)anilinefor 4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.08 (s, 1H),7.84 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.40 to 7.35 (m, 4H), 6.83 (s,1H), 4.10 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=515; LCMSRT=3.11 min.

Example 21 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)anilinefor 4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.08 (s, 1H),7.84 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=10.9 Hz, 1H), 7.59(s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=8.3 Hz,2H), 7.38 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (q, J=7.2 Hz,2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=503; LCMS RT=3.56 min.

Example 22 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-6-amine for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline.¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) 68.07 (s, 1H), 7.83(s, 1H), 7.63 (t, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=8.6Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 2H), 4.12 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.15 (t, J=7.2Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=547; LCMS RT=3.66 min.

Example 23 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[(anilinocarbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting aniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.84(s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J=8.8Hz, 2H), 7.33 to 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.03 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (q, J=7.1Hz, 2H), 1.15 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=417; LCMS RT=2.53 min.

Example 24 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(2-isopropylphenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

Step 1: Preparation of phenyl (2-isopropylphenyl)carbamate

To a stirred solution of 2-isopropylaniline (200 mg, 1.5 mmol) in THF (9mL) was added pyridine (0.24 mL, 3.0 mmol), then phenyl chloroformate(0.28 mL, 2.2 mmol) at rt. Some solid precipitated out. The mixture wasstirred at rt for 4.5 h.

Water was added to the reaction and it was extracted with EtOAc. Theorganic solution was washed with water (5 mL) and dried over MgSO₄ andthen filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and crystallizedfrom EtOAc-hexanes (1:9 v/v) to afford the title compound (130 mg, 34%).¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.45 (s, 1H), 7.44 to 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.35 to 7.28 (m,2H), 7.25 to 7.14 (m, 5H), 3.27 (m, 1H), 1.17 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H); TLCR_(f)=0.33 (9:1 v/v hexanes-EtOAc).

Step 2: Preparation of the Title Compound

To a solution of THF (1.5 mL) was added phenyl(2-isopropylphenyl)carbamate (43 mg, 0.17 mmol) followed by IntermediateB (50 mg, 0.17 mmol) and triethylamine (23 μL, 0.17 mmol). The reactionwas stirred at 50° C. for 36 h. The solution was concentrated in vacuoto dryness and then purified by preparative HPLC (10-100% ACN/H₂O with0.1% TFA). The resulting fractions were combined and concentrated invacuo. EtOAc (5 mL) was added and washed with aqueous saturated Na₂CO₃(5 mL). The aqueous layer was back extracted with EtOAc (5 mL). Theorganic layer was combined, dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentratedto dryness to afford 19 mg of the above compound (0.042 mmol, yield25%). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=8.6 Hz,2H), 7.53 to 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.38 to 7.32 (m, 3H), 7.21 to 7.16 (m, 2H),6.92 (s, 1H), 4.09 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.28 to 3.18 (m, 1H), 1.16 (t,J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=459; LCMS RT=3.31 min.

Example 25 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[3-tert-butyl-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 24 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting3-tert-butyl-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine for2-isopropylaniline. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.15 (s, 1H), 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.12(s, 1H), 8.05 (br s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J=9.1, 5.0 Hz, 2H),7.49 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 2H),6.38 (s, 1H), 5.05 (br s, 1H), 4.02 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.27 (s, 9H),1.08 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=557; LCMS RT=3.12 min.

Example 26 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 24 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)aniline for2-isopropylaniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.11 (s, 2H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.86(s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H),4.07 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.14 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=553; LCMSRT=3.40 min.

Example 27 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-morpholin-4-yl-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 24 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting2-morpholin-4-yl-5-(trifluoromethyl)aniline for 2-isopropylaniline.¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.50 (s, 1H)8.09 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.9Hz, 2H), 7.42 to 7.29 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 4H), 4.08 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.98 to3.93 (m, 4H), 2.98 to 2.89 (m, 4H), 1.16 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=570; LCMS RT=3.18 min.

Example 28 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-5-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 24 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-5-amine for2-isopropylaniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.10 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (s,1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.23(t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.16(t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=547; LCMS RT=3.27 min.

Example 29 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 24 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 6-methoxypyrimidin-4-amine for2-isopropylaniline. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.82 (s, 1H), 9.60 (s, 1H), 8.50(s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d,J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.09 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (s,3H), 1.09 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=449; LCMS RT=2.94 min.

Example 30 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

To a solution of Intermediate F (40.0 mg, 0.08 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (3.0 mL)was added AcOH (0.03 mL, 0.46 mmol) and morpholine (0.01 mL, 0.11 mmol).The reaction was stirred at rt for 1 h after which sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (49.0 mg, 0.23 mmol) was added. The reaction wasstirred at rt until completion. Reaction was diluted with CH₂Cl₂,transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with saturated aq NaHCO₃(2×). Aqueous phase was back extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×). The organic wasdried (Na₂SO₄) and evaporated to give a crude oil that was purified viaHPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O) to give the title compound (30 mg, 70%). ¹H-NMR(CD₃OD) δ 8.61 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.62 (s,1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H),3.65-3.62 (m, 4H), 3.48 (s, 2H), 2.40-2.36 (m, 4H); MS [M+H]⁺=530; LCMSRT=2.22 min; TLC R_(f)=0.27 (1:3 v/v Acetone: CH₂Cl₂).

Example 31 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 1-methylpiperazine for morpholine andpurifying by preparative TLC (20:180:1 v/v/v MeOH—CH₂Cl₂—NH₄OH). ¹H-NMR(CD₃OD) δ 8.61 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d,J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.41-7.33 (m, 4H), 3.53 (s, 2H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 2.50 (brs, 4H), 2.32 (m, 4H); MS [M+H]⁺=543; LCMS RT=2.15 min; TLC R_(f)=0.23(20:180:1 v/v/v MeOH—CH₂Cl₂—NH₄OH).

Example 32 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-{[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]methyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2-methoxyethanamine for morpholineand purifying by MPLC (Analogix) using 0-15% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD)δ 8.61 to 8.59 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.67 to7.65 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.41 to 7.39 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.35 to 7.33 (d,J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 3.99 (s, 2H), 3.48 to 3.46 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.31 (s,3H), 2.91 to 2.89 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=518; LCMS RT=2.26 min;TLC R_(f)=0.30 (15:85 v/v MeOH—CH₂Cl₂).

Example 33 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-({[2-(methylthio)ethyl]amino}methyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2-(methylthio)ethanamine formorpholine and purifying by MPLC (Analogix) using 0-15% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂.¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62 to 8.60 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.71 (s,1H), 7.65 to 7.63 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.42 to 7.40 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H),7.35 to 7.33 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 2.75 to 2.72 (t, J=6.5 Hz,2H), 2.58 to 2.55 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 1.99 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=534; LCMSRT=2.36 min; TLC R_(f)−0.50 (15:85 v/v MeOH—CH₂Cl₂).

Example 34 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-{[(2-methoxyethyl)(methyl)amino]methyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2-methoxy-N-methylethanamine formorpholine and purifying by MPLC (Analogix) using 0-15% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂.¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.61 to 8.59 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s,1H), 7.66 to 7.64 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.40 to 7.38 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H),7.35 to 7.32 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 3.47 to 3.44 (t, J=5.4 Hz,2H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 2.79 to 2.77 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=532; LCMS RT=2.69 min; TLC R_(f)=0.16 (15:85 v/v MeOH—CH₂Cl₂).

Example 35 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting pyrrolidine for morpholine andpurifying by MPLC (Analogix) using 0-15% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ8.62 to 8.60 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.64 to 7.62(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 to 7.37 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.35 to 7.33 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 2.63 to 2.60 (m, 4H), 1.82 to 1.78 (m, 4H);MS [M+H]⁺=514; LCMS RT=2.69 min; TLC R_(f)=<0.10 (15:85 v/vMeOH—CH₂Cl₂).

Example 36 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-({[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino}methyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanaminehydrochloride for morpholine and purifying by MPLC (Analogix) using0-15% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62 to 8.60 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.77(s, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.64 to 7.62 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.42 to 7.40 (d,J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.35 to 7.33 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 3.22 to3.19 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.03 to 2.99 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.96 (s, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=566; LCMS RT=2.25 min; TLC R_(f)=0.21 (15:85 v/v MeOH—CH₂Cl₂).

Example 37 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-({[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]amino}methyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting N,N-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine formorpholine and purifying by via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ8.62 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=8.5 Hz,2H), 7.40 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 2.61(t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.37 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.17 (s, 6H); MS [M+H]⁺=531;LCMS RT=1.96 min.

Example 38 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(piperidin-1-ylmethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting piperidine for morpholine andpurifying by via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.63 (d, J=8.2Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.50 (s, 2H), 2.36 to 2.27 (m,4H), 1.60 to 1.50 (m, 4H), 1.40 to 1.35 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=528; LCMSRT=2.34 min.

Example 39 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-{[(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)amino]methyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 3,3,3-trifluoropropan-1-amine formorpholine and purifying by via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ8.62 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=8.3 Hz,2H), 7.39 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 2.74(t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.37 to 2.22 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=556; LCMS RT=2.41min.

Example 40 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-{[4-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)piperazin-1-yl]methyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 1-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)piperazine formorpholine and purifying by via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ8.62 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (dd, J=4.6, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.77(s, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.41 to 7.31 (m, 6H),3.54 (s, 2H), 3.51 (s, 2H), 3.32 to 3.29 (m, 4H); MS [M+H]⁺=620; LCMSRT=2.32 min.

Example 41 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-{[4-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]methyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 1-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazine formorpholine and purifying by via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ8.61 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.9 Hz,2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 3.48(t, J=5.3 Hz, 2H), 3.29 (s, 2H), 2.58 to 2.38 (m, 10H); MS [M+H]⁺=587;LCMS RT=2.55 min.

Example 42 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-{[(4-methoxyphenyl)amino]methyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 4-methoxyaniline for morpholine andpurifying by via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62 (d, J=7.4Hz, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.65 to 7.58 (m, 3H), 7.41 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H),7.34 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 6.70 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.56 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H),4.16 (s, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=566; LCMS RT=2.93 min.

Example 43 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[(dimethylamino)methyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting N-methylmethanamine for morpholineand purifying by via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62 (d,J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.37(d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 2.18 (s, 6H);MS [M+H]⁺=488; LCMS RT=2.55 min.

Example 44 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[(methylamino)methyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting methanamine for morpholine andpurifying by via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62 (d, J=7.4Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d,J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=474; LCMS RT=2.55 min.

Example 45 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-({[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]amino}methyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting N,N-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine formorpholine and purifying by via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ8.60 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=8.0 Hz,2H), 7.43 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 4.20 (s, 2H), 3.04(t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.94 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.79 (s, 6H), 2.00 to 1.89(m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=545; LCMS RT=2.28 min.

Example 46 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-({[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}methyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 4-(trifluoromethyl)aniline formorpholine and purifying via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ8.68 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.67 to 7.62 (m, 3H), 7.43 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.36 to 7.27 (m, 4H), 6.61 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.67 (s,2H); MS [M+H]⁺=604; LCMS RT=3.31 min.

Example 47 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[(pyridin-3-ylamino)methyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting pyridin-3-amine for morpholine andpurifying by via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.61 (d, J=8.2Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J=5.5, 1.6 Hz,1H), 7.64 to 7.59 (m, 3H), 7.41 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J=8.4 Hz,2H), 7.09 (dd, J=8.3, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.94 to 6.88 (m, 1H), 4.24 (s, 2H);MS [M+H]⁺=537; LCMS RT=2.08 min.

Example 48 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

Step 1: Preparation of phenyl [5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamate

A solution of 5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-amine (100 mg, 0.617 mmol)and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (159.5 mg, 215 μL, 1.234 mmol) in 5 mLCH₂Cl₂ was treated with phenyl chloroformate (106 mg, 85 μL, 0.68 mmol)and left to stir for 3 h at rt. Solution was diluted with EtOAc andwashed twice with 1 N HCl and 1 time with brine. The organic layer wasdried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated to provide a white solid. Titurationwith 10% EtOAc in hexanes gave 120 mg (69%, 0.42 mmol) of the abovecompound as a white solid. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 11.26 (s, 1H), 8.70 (s,1H), 8.22 to 8.16 (m, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.45 to 7.40 (m, 2H),7.30 to 7.20 (m, 3 H)

Step 2: Preparation of the title compound

A mixture of Intermediate B (57.9 mg, 0.195 mmol) and triethylamine in 2mL THF was heated to 55° C., providing a cloudy solution. Phenyl[5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamate (50 mg, 0.177 mmol) was addedas a solid, and the mixture left to stir overnight. After 16 h, thesolid precipitate was filtered, washed with ethyl acetate and dried toprovide 66 mg (77%, 0.14 mmol) of the above compound as a yellow solid.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 8.95 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.63 to 8.61(m, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.07 (br s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.56 to 7.53 (m,2H), 7.51 to 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.40 (br s, 1H), 7.34 to 7.32 (m, 2H), 5.09(br s, 1H), 4.11 to 4.06 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.13 to 1.10 (t, J=7.1 Hz,3H); MS [M+H]⁺=486.0; LCMS RT=3.36 min; TLC R_(f)=0.46 (100% EtOAc).

Example 49 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(3-tert-butyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 48 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting3-tert-butyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine for5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-amine and purifying by recrystallization(EtOAc/EtOH). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.08 (s, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s,1H), 8.11-8.04 (bs, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 5.14-5.01 (bs, 1H) 4.03 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),1.09 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=477.2; LCMS RT=2.60 min.

Example 50 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 48 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 4-tert-butylpyridin-2-amine for5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-amine and purifying by HPLC (10-90%ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.88 (s, 1H), 9.44 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, J=5.7Hz), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.11-8.10 (bs, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=8.4 Hz,2H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H) 7.09-7.03 (m, 1H), 5.01-5.18(bs, 1H), 4.07 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.25 (s, 9H), 1.08 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H);MS [M+H]⁺=474.2; LCMS RT=2.63 min; TLC R_(f)=0.27 (3:7 v/v THF—CH₂Cl₂).

Example 51 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 48 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-aminefor 5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-amine and purifying by flashchromatography (1:3 v/v THF—CH₂Cl₂). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.19 (s, 1H),9.89 (s, 1H), 8.52 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.12 to 8.10 (m,2H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.48 to 7.30 (m, 3H), 5.15 to5.10 (m, 1H), 4.06 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H), 1.11 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=486.1; LCMS RT=3.33 min; TLC R_(f)=0.27 (3:7 v/v THF—CH₂Cl₂).

Example 52 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(3-tert-butylisoxazol-5-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 48 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 3-tert-butylisoxazol-5-amine for5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-amine and purifying by washing theprecipitate formed during the reaction (1:1 v/v EtOAC-hexanes). ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 10.17 (s, 1H), 9.02 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.0-8.1 (bs, 1H),7.93 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.07 (s, 1H),5.2-5.0 (bs, 1H), 4.07 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.25 (ms, 9H), 1.09 (t, J=6.9Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=464.2; LCMS RT=3.25 min; TLC R_(f)=0.33 (3:7 v/vTHF—CH₂Cl₂).

Example 53 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid

To a solution of MeOH (1.5 mL) was added ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate,Example 2, (22 mg, 0.042 mmol), THF (3.0 mL), and 1N NaOH (0.42 mL, 0.42mmol). The reaction was heated to 65° C. for 17 h. Upon cooling to rtthe reaction was filtered through a plug of Celite®/Silica gel elutingwith 85:15 v/v CH₂Cl₂-MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo todryness, diluted with CH₂Cl₂, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentratedin vacuo to dryness producing 3.8 mg of the above compound (0.0077 mmol,yield 18%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.18 (br s, 1H), 7.98 (br s, 1H), 7.88(s, 1H), 7.67 (br s, 1H), 7.59 to 7.57 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.53 to 7.51(d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.34 to 7.32 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 5.06(br s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=491; LCMS RT=3.18 min; TLC R_(f)=0.20 (85:15 v/vCH₂Cl₂-MeOH).

Example 54 Preparation of methyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

To a solution of MeOH (4.0 mL) was added Intermediate E (30 mg, 0.060mmol), THF (2.0 mL), and 1N NaOH (0.24 mL, 0.24 mmol). The reaction wasstirred at rt for 2 d. The solution was transferred to a Biotage Sampletand dried in a vacuum oven. The material was purified by flashchromatography (Biotage) eluting with 5:4:1 v/v/v CH₂Cl₂-EtOAc-MeOH. Theclean fractions were combined, concentrated in vacuo to drynessproducing 14 mg of the above compound (0.029 mmol, yield 48%). ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 8.96 (d, 1H, J=2.4 Hz), 8.63 to 8.61 (dd, 7.3Hz, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.09 (br s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.56 to7.54 (m, 2H), 7.50 to 7.47 (m, 1H), 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.34 to 7.32 (m, 2H),5.09 (br s, 1H), 3.63 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=489; LCMS RT=2.85 min; TLCR_(f)=0.55 (5:4:1 v/v/v CH₂Cl₂-EtOAc-MeOH).

Example 55 Preparation of4-amino-N-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

To a solution of Intermediate G (41 mg, 0.09 mmol) in 0.5 mL DMF wasadded py-BOP (32.0 mg, 0.13 mmol N,N-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine (13.25mg, 0.13 mmol) as a solution in THF, diisopropylethylamine (24.9 mg,0.19 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (4 mg, 0.04 mmol). After 12 h thereaction was diluted with 150 mL CH₂Cl₂, washed with water and brine,then dried with sodium sulfate. This solution was concentrated and theresidue purified by flash column (20% THF in CH₂Cl₂) to yield 25.4 mg ofimpure material. Tituration with ethyl acetate gave 10.3 mg of thedesired product (0.018 mmol, 21 mg). ¹H-NMR (MeOD-d₄) δ 8.60 (d, J=8 Hz,1H), 7.97 (3, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=9 Hz,2 H), 7.33 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (t, J=7 Hz, 2H), 2.23 (t, J=7 Hz, 2H),2.21 (s, 6H), 1.61 (ap quintet, J=7 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=559.3; LCMSRT=2.63 min; TLC R_(f)=0.14 (1:2 v/v THF:CH₂Cl₂).

Example 56 Preparation of4-amino-N-[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

Preparation of this compound is described in Example 55, substitutingN,N-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine for N,N-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamineproviding 23.7 mg of product as a white solid (0.044 mmol, 34% yield).¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.66(d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=8 Hz, 2 H), 7.35 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (t,J=7 Hz, 2H), 2.40 (t, J=7 Hz, 2H), 220 (s, 6H); MS [M+H]⁺=545.2; LCMSRT=2.13 min; TLC R_(f)=0.31 (1:3:9 v/v/v 2 M NH₃ in MeOH:THF:CH₂Cl₂).

Example 57 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

This compound was prepared via the same procedure as Example 55,substituting morpholine for N,N-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine providing7.2 mg of product as a white solid (0.013 mmol, 16%). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ8.62 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H),7.43-7.39 (m, 2 H), 7.34 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 3.26-3.45 (m, 4H), 3.2-3.0 (m,4H), MS [M+H]⁺=544.6; LCMS RT=2.49 min; TLC R_(f)=0.34 (1:2 v/vTHF:CH₂Cl₂).

Example 58 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N,N-dimethylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

This compound was prepared via the same procedure as Example 55,substituting N-methylmethanamine for N,N-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamineproviding 7.0 mg of product as a white solid (0.014 mmol, 17%). ¹H-NMR(CD₃OD) δ 8.61 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=9Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=9 Hz, 2 H), 7.34 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.72(s, 3H), MS [M+H]⁺=502.2; LCMS RT=2.54 min; TLC R_(f)=0.29 (1:2 v/vTHF:CH₂Cl₂).

Example 59 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-methylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

This compound was prepared via the same procedure as Example 55,substituting methanamine for N,N-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine providingmg of product as a white solid (mmol, yield). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.61 (d,J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d,J=9 Hz, 2 H), 7.43-7.39 (m, 2H) 7.34 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 2.93 (s, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=488.5; LCMS RT=2.50 min; TLC R_(f)=0.26 (1:2 v/v THF:CH₂Cl₂).

Example 60 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

This compound was prepared via the same procedure as Example 55,substituting 1-methylpiperazine for N,N-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamineproviding 6.2 mg of product as a white solid (0.011 mmol, 9% yield).¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62-8.59 (m, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H),7.64 (d, J=9 Hz, 2 H), 7.42-7.39 (m, 2H) 7.34 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 3.65-3.57(m, 2H), 3.56-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.11 (m, 2H), 2.13 (s, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=557.0; LCMS RT=2.13 min; TLC R_(f)=0.21 (1:1 v/v THF:CH₂Cl₂).

Example 61 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylbutyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 55 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 4-pyrrolidin-1-ylbutan-1-amine forN,N-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine and purifying via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O).¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.61 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H),7.66 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H),3.24 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.73 to 2.63 (m, 4H), 2.57 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H),1.86 to 1.78 (m, 4H), 1.48 to 1.39 (m, 4H); MS [M+H]⁺=599; LCMS RT=2.66min.

Example 62 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 55 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 3-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropan-1-amine forN,N-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine and purifying by via HPLC (10-90%ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.84(s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=8.2Hz, 2H), 3.28 to 3.21 (m, 2H), 2.64 to 2.55 (m, 4H), 2.44 to 2.36 (m,2H), 1.84 to 1.76 (m, 4H), 1.71 to 1.60 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=585; LCMSRT=2.63 min.

Example 63 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 55 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethanamine forN,N-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine and purifying via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O).¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H),7.66 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H),3.25 to 3.20 (m, 2H), 2.64 to 2.50 (m, 6H), 1.82 to 1.74 (m, 4H); MS[M+H]⁺=571; LCMS RT=2.23 min.

Example 64 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(3-morpholin-4-ylpropyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 55 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 3-morpholin-4-ylpropan-1-amine forN,N-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine and purifying by via HPLC (10-90%ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.84(s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=8.7Hz, 2H), 3.64 (t, J=3.6 Hz, 4H), 3.26 (t, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.43 to 2.37(m, 4H), 2.21 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 1.68 to 1.54 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=601;LCMS RT=2.21 min.

Example 65 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2-morpholin-4-ylethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 55 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2-morpholin-4-ylethanamine forN,N-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine and purifying via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O).¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.61 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H),7.69 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=8.5Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H),3.60 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 4H), 3.39 to 3.33 (m, 2H), 2.37 to 2.30 (m, 6H); MS[M+H]⁺=587; LCMS RT=2.21 min.

Example 66 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(3-morpholin-4-ylpropyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

To a solution of Intermediate I (53 mg, 0.11 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (3.0 mL)was added AcOH (0.036 mL, 0.63 mmol) and morpholine (0.019 mL, 0.22mmol). The reaction was stirred at rt for 1 h after which sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (66 mg, 0.31 mmol) was added. The reaction wasstirred at rt until completion. Reaction was diluted with CH₂Cl₂,transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with saturated aq NaHCO₃(2×). Aqueous phase was back extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×). The organic wasdried (Na₂SO₄) and evaporated to give a crude oil that was purified viaHPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O) to give the title compound (15 mg, 24%). ¹H-NMR(CD₃OD) δ 8.62 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H),7.53 (s, 1H), 7.38 to 7.31 (m, 4H), 3.62 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 4H), 2.59 (t,J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.38 to 2.23 (m, 6H), 1.74 to 1.62 (m, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=558; LCMS RT=2.18 min.

Example 67 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 66 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting pyrrolidine for morpholine andpurifying via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.61 (d, J=7.8 Hz,1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.39 to 7.31(m, 4H), 2.72 to 2.55 (m, 8H), 1.86 to 1.70 (m, 6H); MS [M+H]⁺=542; LCMSRT=2.15 min.

Example 68 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 3,4-dimethoxyaniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.15(s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8Hz, 2H), 7.34 (s, 1H), 6.95 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=9 Hz, 3H), 4.15(q, j=7, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 1.18 (t, j=7 Hz, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=477.1 LCMS RT=2.50 min.

Example 69 Preparation of4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

A solution of Intermediate G (50 mg, 0.105 mmol), cyclopropylamine (11μL, 0.106 mmol), py-BOP (82 mg, 0.158 mmol) and triethylamine (22 μL,0.158 mmol) was allowed to stir at rt for 15 min and then concentratedin vacuo. The residue was purified by silica chromatography using 20%THF in CH₂Cl₂ and the product then triturated with 30% aqueous methanol,affording 31.5 mg of the above compound (0.061 mmol, yield 71%). ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 9.32 (s, 1H), 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.64 (bd, J=6 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s,1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.85 to 7.82 (m, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.53 to7.50 (m, 2H), 7.45 to 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (bs, 1H),2.63-2.59 (m 1H), 0.62 to 0.58 (m, 2H), 0.41 to 0.39 (m, 2H). MS[M+H]⁺=514.2; LCMS RT=3.11 min; TLC R_(f)=0.33 (2:1 v/v CH₂Cl₂-THF).

Example 70 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 69 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2,2,2-trifluoroethanaminehydrochloride for cyclopropanamine. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.29 (s, 1H),8.93 (s, 1H), 8.64-8.58 (m, 1H), 8.51 (t, J=6 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H),8.00 (bs, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.51 to 7.46 (m, 1H),7.40 to 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 5.05 (bs, 1H), 4.00 to 3.85(m, 2H). MS [M+H]⁺=556.2; LCMS RT=3.32 min; TLC R_(f)=0.33 (2:1 v/vCH₂Cl₂-THF).

Example 71 Preparation of4-amino-N-ethyl-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 69 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting ethanamine for cyclopropanamine.¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62 to 8.60 (m, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.63(d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.42 to 7.41 (m, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 1.04 (t,J=7 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=502.1; LCMS RT=2.68 min; TLC R_(f)=0.44 (3:2 v/vCH₂Cl₂-THF).

Example 72 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)propyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 66 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 1-methylpiperazine for morpholine andpurifying via HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.61 (d, J=8.0 Hz,1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=8.0Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 2.79 to 2.37 (m, 12 H), 2.47 (s, 3H),1.75 to 1.62 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=571.4; LCMS RT=2.48.

Example 73 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-methylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

To a solution of DMF (1 mL) was added Intermediate X (50 mg, 0.18 mmol)followed by phenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate (48 mg, 0.18mmol) and triethylamine (25 μL, 0.18 mmol). The reaction was stirred atrt overnight, concentrated to dryness, and purified by HPLC to afford 22mg of the above compound (0.04 mmol, yield 26%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.9(s, 1H), 9.48 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.88 (s,1H), 7.02 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.61 to 7.54 (m, 3H), 7.29 (d, J=8.3 Hz,2H), 7.04 (dd, J=5.5, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 2.61 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (s, 9H);MS [M+H]⁺=459.2; LCMS RT=2.49.

Example 74 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-methylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting phenyl[4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate for phenyl(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.91(dd, J=6.4, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.68 to 7.62 (m, 1H), 7.59 (d,J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.27 (t, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (s,3H); MS [M+H]⁺=488.3; LCMS RT=2.31.

Example 75 Preparation of4-amino-N-(tert-butyl)-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 69 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2-methylpropan-2-amine forcyclopropanamine. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.35 (s, 1H), 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.61(d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.98 to 7.92 (m, 1H), 7.57(d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.45 to 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.41 to 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.34 (d,J=8 Hz, 2H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 1.15 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=530.3; LCMS RT=2.94min; TLC R_(f)=0.68 (3:2 v/v CH₂Cl₂-THF).

Example 76 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-cyclopropylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate W for Intermediate X.¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.22 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H),7.71 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.10 (dd,J=5.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 2.72 to 2.59 (m, 1H), 1.31 (s, 9H), 0.72 to 0.62 (m,2H), 0.42 to 0.33 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=485.3; LCMS RT=2.70.

Example 77 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-methylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting phenyl[3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate for phenyl(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.04 (s, 1H),7.88 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=8.6 Hz,2H), 7.29 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.11 to 3.08 (m,1H), 2.62 (d, J=3.4 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=488.2; LCMS RT=3.05.

Example 78 Preparation of4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-{4-[({[4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate W for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.62 (s,1H), 7.55 (dd, J=7.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.34 to 7.27 (m, 1H),7.24 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.91 (t, J=9.8 Hz, 1H),2.36 to 2.24 (m, 1H), 0.39 to 0.28 (m, 2H), 0.058 to −0.027 (m, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=514.2; LCMS RT=3.11.

Example 79 Preparation of4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-{4-[({[3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate W for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (Acetone-d₆) δ 7.67(s, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d,J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.92 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 2.74 to2.69 (m, 1H), 2.29 to 2.21 (m, 1H), 0.24 to 0.15 (m, 2H), 0.045 to−0.021 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=514.3; LCMS RT=3.19.

Example 80 Preparation of4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-[4-({[(2,2,4,4-tetrafluoro-4H-1,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate W for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl(2,2,4,4-tetrafluoro-4H-1,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)carbamate for phenyl(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.02 (d, J=2.5 Hz,1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J=9.1, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 2.72 to2.63 (m, 1H), 0.73 to 0.65 (m, 2H), 0.42 to 0.35 (m, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=558.2; LCMS RT=3.29.

Example 81 Preparation of4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-{4-[({[3-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate W for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [3-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (Acetone-d₆) δ 7.64(s, 1H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H),7.06 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.89 to 6.83 (m, 4H), 3.22 to 3.09 (m, 2H), 2.74to 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.30 to 2.20 (m, 1H), 0.25 to 0.17 (m 2H), 0.040 to−0.027 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=510.2; LCMS RT=3.01.

Example 82 Preparation of4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate W for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.52 (d,J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.12 to 3.09(m, 1H), 2.68 to 2.60 (m, 1H), 0.62 to 0.55 (m 2H), 0.44 to 0.36 (m,2H); MS [M+H]⁺=497.2; LCMS RT=2.94.

Example 83 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-cyclopropylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate W for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.11 (d,J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.66 to 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.52(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.13 to 3.09 (m, 1H), 2.69 to2.60 (m, 1H), 0.64 to 0.56 (m 2H), 0.43 to 0.37 (m, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=530.2; LCMS RT=3.25.

Example 84 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-N-methylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 69 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2-methoxy-N-methylethanamine forcyclopropanamine. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.07 (s, 1H), 8.98 to 8.91 (m, 1H),8.01 to 7.97 (m, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.87 to 7.81 (m, 1H), 7.68 to 7.60(m, 1H), 7.59 to 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.48 to 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.17 to 7.10 (m,1H), 3.44 to 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.25 to 3.10 (m, 5H), 2.83 (s, 3H—rotamer A),2.65 (s, 3H—rotamer b) ; MS [M+H]⁺=546.2; LCMS RT=3.04 min; TLCR_(f)=0.47 (55:40:5 v/v CH₂Cl₂-THF-EtOH).

Example 85 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-methylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate T for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.61 (d,J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.37to 7.31 (m, 4H), 2.14 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=445.1; LCMS RT=2.80.

Example 86 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-methylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate T for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.05 (d,J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.67 to 7.58 (m, 3H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.48(d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 2.18 (s, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=461.1; LCMS RT=2.89.

Example 87 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate M for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.04 (s,1H), 8.00 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.4, 2.8 Hz, 1H),7.59 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H),3.94 (q, J=9.2 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=572.1; LCMS RT=3.07.

Example 88 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate M for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.04 (s,1H), 7.90 (dd, J=6.3, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.68 to 7.63 (m, 1H),7.59 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (t, J=9.8 Hz, 1H),3.94 (q, J=9.2 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=556.1; LCMS RT=2.94.

Example 89 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate M for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.04 (s,1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.66 to 7.53 (m, 4H), 7.38 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.03(d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (q, J=9.2 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=556.1; LCMSRT=3.02.

Example 90 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(3,4-dichlorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate M for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl (3,4-dichlorophenyl)carbamate for phenyl(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.85(s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.43 to 7.37(m, 3H), 7.31 (dd, J=8.9, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (q, J=9.2 Hz, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=538.1; LCMS RT=2.97.

Example 91 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(2,2,4,4-tetrafluoro-4H-1,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate M for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl(2,2,4,4-tetrafluoro-4H-1,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)carbamate for phenyl(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD30D) δ 8.04 (s, 1H), 8.01(d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.66 (dd, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d,J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (q,J=9.2 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H⁺=600.0; LCMS RT=3.11.

Example 92 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-5-{4-[({[3-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate M for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [3-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.04 (s,1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.38(d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (q, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 3.42(q, J=10.2 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=552.1; LCMS RT=2.84.

Example 93 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate M for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.54 (d,J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.06 (br s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (q,J=9.2 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=539.0; LCMS RT =2.77.

Example 94 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(3-tert-butyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate M for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl (3-tert-butyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)carbamatefor phenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.04(s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H),6.13 (s, 1H), 3.94 (q, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 1.28 (s, 9H); MS[M+H]⁺=530.1; LCMS RT=2.45.

Example 95 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-(4-{[({3-[2-(diethylamino)ethoxy]-4-methoxyphenyl}amino)carbonyl]amino}phenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting3-[2-(diethylamino)ethoxy]-4-methoxyaniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.83(s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (s, 1H),6.91 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 2H), 4.20 to 4.10 (m, 4H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.18 to 2.99(m, 2H), 2.86 to 2.74 (m, 4H), 1.18 to 1.10 (m, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=562.4;LCMS RT=2.57.

Example 96 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-methoxy-3-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting4-methoxy-3-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)aniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.91(s, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.36 to 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.27 (d, J=8.5Hz, 2H), 6.89 (d, J=9.6, 1H), 4.08 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 3.59to 3.53 (m, 4H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 2.39 to 2.33 (m, 4H), 1.08 (t, J=7.2 Hz,3H); MS [M+H]⁺=546.2; LCMS RT=2.47.

Example 97 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)aniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.83(s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (t, J=8.9Hz, 4H), 4.13 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 2.79 to 2.70 (m, 4H),1.91 to 1.84 (m, 4H), 1.15 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=500.2; LCMSRT=2.46.

Example 98 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-(4-{[({3-[2-(diethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl}amino)carbonyl]amino}phenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 3-[2-(diethylamino)ethoxy]aniline for4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline and purifying via HPLC (10-90%ACN/H₂O). ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 7.35 to 7.30 (m, 3H), 7.20 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (dd, J=7.9,2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (dd, J=8.4, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.17 to 4.03 (m, 4H), 3.29 to3.25 (m, 2H), 3.10 to 2.97 (m, 4H), 1.28 to 1.19 (m, 9H); MS[M+H]⁺=532.4; LCMS RT=2.57.

Example 99 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-cyanopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate P for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62 (d,J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.50(d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=456.1; LCMSRT=3.10.

Example 100 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate U for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.61 (d,J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.40(d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 3.30 (s, 3H);MS [M+H]⁺=475.2; LCMS RT=2.81.

Example 101 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate U for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.52 (d,J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.71 to 7.67 (m, 3H), 7.43(d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 3.29 (s, 3H);MS [M+H]⁺=458.1; LCMS RT=2.66.

Example 102 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 76 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate U for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.77 (s,1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.66 to 7.60 (m, 4H), 7.39 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.03(d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 3.20 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=475.2; LCMSRT=2.88.

Example 103 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-cyanopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate P for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.18 (s,1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.70 to 7.62 (m, 3H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=8.9Hz, 2H), 7.06 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=456.4; LCMS RT=3.26.

Example 104 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate Q for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.61 (d,J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.46(d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=474.3; LCMSRT=2.89.

Example 105 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

To a solution of DCE (5 mL) was added Intermediate B (300 mg, 1.01 mmol)followed by 2-chloro-1-isocyanato-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzene (0.32 mL,2.12 mmol). The reaction was stirred under N₂ at rt for 1 h, and then aq2N HCl (0.50 mL, 1.01 mmol) was added to the reaction followed by DMF (5mL). The solution was heated for an additional 1 h. Upon cooling to rtthe solution was diluted with EtOAc, transferred to a separatory funnel,and washed with aq saturated NaHCO₃. The aq layer was back extractedwith EtOAc. The combined organic layers were collected, dried,concentrated, and purified by column chromatography (95:5 v/vCH₂Cl₂-MeOH). The resulting fractions containing product wereconcentrated and triturated using CH₂Cl₂ and hexanes. The product wasfiltered and dried in vacuo to afford 408 mg of the above compound as awhite solid (0.79 mmol, yield 78%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.72 (s, 1H),8.67 (s, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.08 (br s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H),7.72 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.39 to 7.36 (m, 1H),7.34 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 5.10 (br s, 1H), 4.09 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.12(t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=519; LCMS RT=3.58 min; TLC R_(f)=0.26 (95:5v/v CH₂Cl₂-MeOH).

Example 106 Preparation of4-amino-N-(tert-butyl)-5-{4-[({[2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 105 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Intermediate L forIntermediate B. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.74 (s, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.64 (d,J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.59(d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.64 (s, 1H),1.19 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=546; LCMS RT=3.09 min; TLC R_(f)=0.47 (9:1 v/vCH₂Cl₂-MeOH).

Example 107 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(2-fluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

To an EPA vial charged with Intermediate N (50 mg, 0.11 mmol) was addedCH₂Cl₂ (2 mL). 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene (15 mg, 0.11 mmol) was addedand stirred at room temperature for 20 min. Then the reaction was heatedto 42° C. and shaken at this temperature overnight. A TLC was run 3:7v/v EtOAc-hexanes and showed that the reaction had consumed nearly allthe SM. To the vial was added TFA (100 μL). It was stirred overnight atroom temperature. LCMS showed desired product had formed. The sample wasconcentrated down by GeneVac and DMSO (2 mL) was added. The sample waspurified by Prep LCMS to afford 27.3 mg of the above compound (0.059mmol, yield 58%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 3H) 7.0 (m, 1H) 7.2 (t,J=7.3 Hz, 1H) 7.2 (s, 1H) 7.3 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H) 7.6 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 3H)7.6 (s, 2H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 8.2 (m, 3H) 8.6 (s, 1H) 9.2 (s, 1H). MS[M+H]⁺=464; LCMS RT=2.86 min.

Example 108 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(3-fluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 1-fluoro-3-isocyanatobenzenefor 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (d, J=11.2 Hz,2H) 3.3 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 2H) 3.3 (s, 1H) 6.8 (m, 1H) 7.1 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H)7.3 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 7.5 (m, 4H) 7.6 (s, 2H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 2H)9.0 (d, J=19.6 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=464; LCMS RT=2.90 min.

Example 109 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-[4-({[(3-methoxyphenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 1-isocyanato-3-methoxybenzenefor 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 3H) 3.3 (m,5H) 6.6 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.0 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 7.2 (m, 3H) 7.3 (d,J=7.8 Hz, 2H) 7.6 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 3H) 7.6 (s, 1H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 2H)8.8 (s, 1H) 8.9 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=476; LCMS RT=2.84 min.

Example 110 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(3,4-dichlorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1,2-dichloro-4-isocyanatobenzene for 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 2H) 3.3 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 2H) 3.3 (s, 1H) 7.3(m, 4H) 7.5 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 4H) 7.6 (s, 2H) 7.9 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 1H) 8.1 (s,2H) 9.0 (s, 1H) 9.1 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=514; LCMS RT=3.17 min.

Example 111 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(3-chlorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 1-chloro-3-isocyanatobenzenefor 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 2H) 3.3 (d,J=11.2 Hz, 3H) 3.3 (s, 2H) 7.0 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H) 7.3 (m, 2H) 7.6 (d,J=7.8 Hz, 3H) 7.6 (s, 2H) 7.7 (s, 1H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 2H) 9.0 (d,J=4.9 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=480; LCMS RT=3.02 min.

Example 112 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(2,3-dichlorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1,2-dichloro-3-isocyanatobenzene for 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 1H) 3.3 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 2H) 7.3 (s, 2H) 7.3 (d,J=7.8 Hz, 4H) 7.6 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 3H) 7.6 (s, 2H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 1H)8.2 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 8.5 (s, 1H) 9.7 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=514; LCMSRT=3.12 min.

Example 113 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(3-bromophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 1-bromo-3-isocyanatobenzenefor 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 3H) 3.3 (m,2H) 7.2 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H) 7.3 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H) 7.3 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 4H)7.6 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 3H) 7.6 (s, 1H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 1H)9.0 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=524; LCMS RT=3.04 min.

Example 114 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(4-fluoro-3-nitrophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-fluoro-4-isocyanato-2-nitrobenzene for 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 3H) 3.3 (m, 2H) 7.3 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 3H) 7.5 (m,4H) 7.7 (s, 1H) 7.7 (s, 1H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 1H) 8.5 (s, 1H) 9.1 (s,1H) 9.3 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=509; LCMS RT=2.93 min.

Example 115 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-[4-({[(3-nitrophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 1-isocyanato-3-nitrobenzenefor 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 1H) 3.3 (d,J=4.4 Hz, 1H) 3.3 (s, 1H) 7.3 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 3H) 7.6 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 5H)7.7 (s, 2H) 7.7 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H) 7.8 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 8.0 (s, 1H) 8.1(s, 1H) 8.6 (m, 1H) 9.1 (s, 1H) 9.3 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=491; LCMS RT=2.92min.

Example 116 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-chloro-2-isocyanato-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzene for1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 2H) 3.3 (d,J=11.7 Hz, 2H) 3.3 (s, 1H) 7.4 (dd, J=16.9, 8.6 Hz, 3H) 7.6 (d, J=7.8Hz, 3H) 7.7 (s, 2H) 7.7 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 8.0 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 2H) 8.7(d, J=12.2 Hz, 3H), 9.7 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=548; LCMS RT=3.24 min.

Example 117 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-chloro-4-isocyanato-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzene for1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 1H) 3.3 (m, 2H)7.3 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 3H) 7.6 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 3H) 7.6 (m, 4H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 8.1(s, 3H) 9.1 (s, 1H) 9.3 (s, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=548; LCMS RT=3.26 min.

Example 118 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(2,5-difluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting2,4-difluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene for 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 6.8 (s, 1H) 7.3 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 3H) 7.6 (d, J=7.8 Hz,2H) 7.6 (s, 1H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 2H) 8.8 (s, 1H) 9.3 (s, 1H); MS[M+H]⁺=482; LCMS RT=2.97 min.

Example 119 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(3,5-dichlorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1,3-dichloro-5-isocyanatobenzene for 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 3H) 3.3 (d, J=17.1 Hz, 3H) 7.2 (s, 1H) 7.3(d, J=7.8 Hz, 3H) 7.6 (s, 6H) 7.6 (s, 2H) 8.1 (s, 2H) 9.1 (s, 1H) 9.1(s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=514; LCMS RT=3.23 min.

Example 120 Preparation of5-[4-({[(3-acetylphenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-4-amino-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-(3-isocyanatophenyl)ethanone for 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 1H) 3.3 (s, 1H) 3.3 (s, 1H) 7.3 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 3H)7.5 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) 7.6 (m, 7H) 7.7 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H) 8.0 (s, 1H) 8.1(d, J=15.7 Hz, 3H) 8.9 (s, 2H) 9.0 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=488; LCMS RT=2.78min.

Example 121 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting2-fluoro-1-isocyanato-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzene for1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 3H) 3.3 (d,J=16.6 Hz, 3H) 7.4 (m, 5H) 7.4 (s, 2H) 7.6 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 4H) 7.6 (s, 2H)7.9 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 2H) 8.5 (s, 2H) 8.9 (s, 1H) 9.3 (s, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=532; LCMS RT=3.14 min.

Example 122 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-fluoro-4-isocyanato-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzene for1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 2.5 (m, 5H) 3.4 (s, 2H)7.3 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H) 7.5 (t, J=9.5 Hz, 1H) 7.6 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H) 7.6(d, J=4.9 Hz, 3H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 8.0 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 1H) 8.1 (s, 1H) 9.0 (s,1H) 9.1 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=532; LCMS RT=3.16 min.

Example 123 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-(4-{[(2-naphthylamino)carbonyl]amino}phenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 2-isocyanatonaphthalene for1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 2H) 3.3 (d,J=14.7 Hz, 2H) 7.4 (m, 4H) 7.5 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H) 7.5 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H)7.6 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 5H) 7.8 (m, 4H) 8.1 (s, 3H) 9.0 (s, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=496; LCMS RT=3.07 min.

Example 124 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-isocyanato-3,5-dimethoxybenzene for 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.0 (s, 1H) 3.2 (s, 3H) 3.3 (m, 3H) 3.7 (s, 4H) 6.7(s, 3H) 7.3 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 3H) 7.5 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 3H) 7.6 (s, 2H) 8.1 (s,2H) 8.7 (s, 2H) 8.8 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=506; LCMS RT=2.88 min.

Example 125 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(3-chloro-2-methylphenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-chloro-3-isocyanato-2-methylbenzene for 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 2.3 (s, 3H) 2.5 (d, J=16.6 Hz, 9H) 3.5 (s, 1H) 5.2(s, 1H) 7.2 (m, 2H) 7.3 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H) 7.6 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H) 7.6 (s,1H) 7.8 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 1H) 8.2 (s, 1H) 9.2 (s,1H); MS [M+H]⁺=494; LCMS RT=3.00 min.

Example 126 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(2-fluoro-5-nitrophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-fluoro-2-isocyanato-4-nitrobenzene for 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 2H) 3.3 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H) 3.3 (s, 1H) 7.4 (d,J=8.3 Hz, 3H) 7.6 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 5H) 7.7 (s, 2H) 7.9 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 2H)8.1 (s, 2H) 9.1 (s, 1H) 9.2 (s, 1H) 9.4 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺ =509; LCMSRT=2.95 min.

Example 127 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(3,4-difluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1,2-difluoro-4-isocyanatobenzene for 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 3H) 3.3 (m, 3H) 7.1 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.3 (m,4H) 7.6 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 3H) 7.6 (s, 3H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 1H) 9.0 (d,J=11.2 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=482; LCMS RT=2.95 min.

Example 128 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(3-iodophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 1-iodo-3-isocyanatobenzenefor 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 4H) 3.3 (m,1H) 7.1 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H) 7.3 (m, 5H) 7.5 (m, 3H) 7.6 (s, 1H) 7.9 (s,1H) 8.0 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 2H) 8.9 (d, J=18.6 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=572; LCMSRT=3.09 min.

Example 129 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-{4-[({[3-(methylthio)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-isocyanato-3-(methylthio)benzene for 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 3H) 3.3 (m, 3H) 6.9 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H) 7.2 (m,3H) 7.3 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 3H) 7.5 (s, 2H) 7.6 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 3H) 7.6 (s, 2H)7.9 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 2H) 8.8 (s, 1H) 8.9 (s, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=492; LCMSRT=2.97 min.

Example 130 Preparation of methyl3-[({[4-(4-amino-6-{[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]carbonyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]benzoate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting methyl 3-isocyanatobenzoatefor 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 3H) 3.3 (m,2H) 3.9 (s, 2H) 7.3 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 3H) 7.4 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H) 7.6 (d,J=7.8 Hz, 4H) 7.6 (m, 3H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 2H) 8.2 (s, 1H) 8.9 (s,1H) 9.0 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=504; LCMS RT=2.87 min.

Example 131 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-(4-{[({3-[(trifluoromethyl)thio]phenyl}amino)carbonyl]amino}phenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-isocyanato-3-[(trifluoromethyl)thio]benzene for1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 2.5 (d, J=16.1 Hz, 9H)5.2 (s, 1H) 7.3 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 3H) 7.5 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H) 7.6 (d, J=6.4Hz, 3H) 7.6 (s, 1H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 8.0 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 1H) 9.0 (s, 1H) 9.1(s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=546; LCMS RT=3.26 min.

Example 132 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-fluoro-3-isocyanato-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzene for1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.5 (s, 3H) 7.2 (s, 2H)7.3 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 4H) 7.6 (s, 2H) 7.6 (s, 4H) 7.7 (s, 2H) 8.1 (s, 2H)9.1 (s, 2H) 9.3 (s, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=532; LCMS RT=3.22 min.

Example 133 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-[4-({[(3-phenoxyphenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 1-isocyanato-3-phenoxybenzenefor 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 2H) 3.5 (s2 H) 6.6 (s, 1H) 7.0 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H) 7.2 (s, 3H) 7.3 (s, 2H) 7.3 (d,J=7.8 Hz, 5H) 7.4 (s, 3H) 7.5 (s, 1H) 7.6 (s, 1H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s,1H) 8.8 (d, J=15.7 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=538; LCMS RT=3.22 min.

Example 134 Preparation of4-amino-5-(4-{[(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylamino)carbonyl]amino}phenyl)-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 5-isocyanato-1,3-benzodioxolefor 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.2 (s, 2H) 6.0 (s,5H) 6.8 (s, 2H) 7.2 (s, 2H) 7.3 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 5H) 7.5 (s, 2H) 8.1 (s,2H) 8.6 (s, 2H) 8.8 (s, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=490; LCMS RT=2.78 min.

Example 135 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(3-fluorobenzyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-fluoro-3-(isocyanatomethyl)benzene for 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 4.3 (s, 3H) 6.8 (s, 2H) 7.1 (s, 1H) 7.1 (s, 4H) 7.3(s, 4H) 7.4 (s, 1H) 7.5 (s, 4H) 7.9 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 2H) 8.8 (s, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=478; LCMS RT=2.82 min.

Example 136 Preparation of4-amino-5-(4-{[(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-6-ylamino)carbonyl]amino}phenyl)-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting6-isocyanato-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxine for1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.0 (s, 3H) 3.2 (s, 2H)3.5 (s, 2H) 6.8 (s, 2H) 7.1 (s, 1H) 7.3 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 4H) 7.5 (s, 4H)7.9 (s, 1H) 8.1 (s, 2H) 8.5 (s, 2H) 8.8 (s, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=504; LCMSRT=2.78 min.

Example 137 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-(4-{[(3-thienylamino)carbonyl]amino}phenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 3-isocyanatothiophene for1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.0 (s, 4H) 7.3 (s, 5H)7.6 (s, 3H) 7.9 (s, 2H) 8.1 (s, 3H) 8.8 (s, 2H) 9.0 (s, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=452; LCMS RT=2.77 min.

Example 138 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(2-fluorobenzyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 107 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-fluoro-2-(isocyanatomethyl)benzene for 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 3.5 (s, 4H) 4.4 (s, 3H) 7.3 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 9 H) 7.4(s, 2H) 7.5 (s, H) 8.1 (s, 1H) 8.8 (s, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺478; LCMS RT=2.82min.

Example 139 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate M for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.05 (s,1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J=8.7Hz, 1H), 7.46 to 7.41 (m, 3H), 3.94 (q, J=8.9 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=539.0;LCMS RT=2.71.

Example 140 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-5-{4-[({[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate M for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.47 (d,J=5.9 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.66(dd, J=5.4, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),3.94 (q, J=9.2 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=539.0; LCMS RT=2.56.

Example 141 Preparation of4-amino-N-(tert-butyl)-5-{4-[({[3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 105 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Intermediate L forIntermediate B and by substituting1-fluoro-3-isocyanato-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzene for1-chloro-2-isocyanato-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ9.34 (s, 1H), 9.14 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.72 to 7.70 (m,1H), 7.65 to 7.62 (m, 1H), 7.61 to 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.35 to 7.34 (m, 2H),7.24 to 7.22 (m, 1H), 6.61 (m, 1H), 1.18 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=530; LCMSRT=3.09 min; TLC R_(f)=0.54 (5:4:1 v/v/v CH₂Cl₂-EtOAc-MeOH).

Example 142 Preparation of4-amino-N-(tert-butyl)-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate L for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.91 (s,1H), 9.76 (s, 1H), 8.54 to 8.53 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 8.03(s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.64 to 7.62 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.37 to 7.35 (d,J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.67 (s, 1H), 1.19 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=513; LCMS RT=2.84min; TLC R_(f)=0.37 (5:4:1 v/v/v CH₂Cl₂-EtOAc-MeOH).

Example 143 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethylethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

To a solution of DMF (2 mL) was added Intermediate J (50 mg, 0.10 mmol)followed by benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(dimethylamino)phosphoniumhexafluorophosphate (45 mg, 0.10 mmol), 4-methylmorpholine (0.01 mL,0.10 mmol), and 2-amino-2-methylpropan-1-ol (0.01 mL, 0.10 mmol). Thesolution was stirred under N₂ at rt for 17 h. The reaction mixture wasevaporated by rotary evaporation and then purified via columnchromatography (5:4:1 v/v/v CH₂Cl₂-EtOAc-MeOH) to afford 38 mg of theabove compound (0.068 mmol, yield 67%) ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.73 (s, 1H),8.67 (s, 1H), 8.64 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.72(d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.39 to 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.36(d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 4.77 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 3.29 (d, J=5.9Hz, 2H), 1.12 (s, 6H); MS [M+H]⁺=562; LCMS RT=3.16 min; TLC R_(f)=0.32(5:4:1 v/v/v CH₂Cl₂-EtOAc-MeOH).

Example 144 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate B for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.89 (s,1H), 9.74 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.02 to 7.97 (m, 2H), 7.92 (s, 1H),7.55 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.53 to 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 5.12(bs, 1H), 4.07 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H), 1.09 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=486.0;LCMS RT=2.92 min; TLC R_(f)=0.38 (3:1 v/v CH₂Cl₂-THF).

Example 145 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-fluoro-1,1-dimethylethyl)-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 69 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 1-fluoro-2-methylpropan-2-amine forcyclopropanamine. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) σ 9.20 (bs, 1H), 8.60 (d, J=7 Hz,1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=8Hz, 2H), 7.45 to 7.41 (m,1H), 7.40 to 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 5.02 (bs,1H) 4.39 (d, J=24 Hz, 2H), 1.15 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=548.4; LCMS RT=3.35min; TLC R_(f)=0.58 (3:2 v/v CH₂Cl₂-THF).

Example 146 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 69 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 1-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methanaminefor cyclopropanamine. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.32 (s, 1H), 8.94 (d, J=3 Hz,1H), 8.63 to 8.59 (m. 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.60 to 7.55 (m,1H), 7.54 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.50 to 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.41 to 7.34 (m, 1H),7.32 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 5.01 (bs, 1H), 3.80 to 3.72 (m, 1H) 3.76 to 3.60(m, 1H), 3.58 to 3.50 (m, 1H), 3.20 to 3.12 (m, 1H), 1.80 to 1.69 (m,1H); MS [M+H]⁺=558.3; LCMS RT=3.13 min; TLC R_(f)=0.29 (3:2 v/vCH₂Cl₂-THF).

Example 147 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 143 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 2,2,2-trifluoroethanamine for2-amino-2-methylpropan-1-ol. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.67 (s,1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.52 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H),7.72 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.39 to 7.36 (m, 1H),7.30 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 3.98 to 3.91 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=573; LCMSRT=3.11 min; TLC R_(f)=0.43 (5:4:1 v/v/v CH₂Cl₂-EtOAc-MeOH).

Example 148 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 69 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-amine forcyclopropanamine. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 8.94 (d, J=3 Hz, 1H),8.61 (dd, J=7,2 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=9 Hz,2H), 7.50 to 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.41 to 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H)7.26 (t, J=6 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (bs, 1H), 2.91 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H), 0.72 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=544.5; LCMS RT=3.13 min; TLC R_(f)=0.51 (3:2 v/vCH₂Cl₂-THF).

Example 149 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(1,1-dimethyl-2-morpholin-4-ylethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 66 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AC for Intermediate I.¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.66 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H),7.72 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),7.31 (dd, J=8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.62 to 3.53 (m, 4H), 2.44 (s, 2H), 2.42to 2.34 (m, 4H), 1.18 (s, 6H); MS [M+H]⁺=631.2; LCMS RT=2.84.

Example 150 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-[2-(dimethylamino)-1,1-dimethylethyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 66 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AC for Intermediate Iand by substituting N-methylmethanamine for morpholine. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ8.66 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.63(d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 2.27(s, 2H), 2.04 (s, 6H), 1.13 (s, 6H); MS [M+H]⁺=456.1; MS [M+H]⁺=589.4;LCMS RT=2.50.

Example 151 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-cyanopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate P for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.18 (s,1H), 7.94 to 7.89 (m, 2H), 7.69 to 7.64 (m, 3H), 7.48 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H),7.26 (t, J=9.9 Hz, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=456.1; LCMS RT=3.09.

Example 152 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-cyanopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate P for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]carbamate for phenyl(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.90(s, 1H), 7.68 to 7.61 (m, 3H), 7.48 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.40 to 7.29 (m,2H), 6.91 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=454.1; LCMS RT=3.11.

Example 153 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-cyanopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate P for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.47 (d,J=6.1 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 7.71to 7.64 (m, 3H), 7.50 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=439.0; LCMS RT=2.72.

Example 154 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-cyanopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-(3-tert-butyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate P for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl (3-tert-butyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)carbamatefor phenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.18(s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H),7.17 (m 1H), 7.11 (m, 1H), 6.13 (s, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 1.28 (s, 9H); MS[M+H]⁺=430.1; LCMS RT=2.56.

Example 155 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AB for Intermediate Xand by substituting phenyl [2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamatefor phenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.63(d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d,J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.49 (s,1H); MS [M+H]⁺=498.1; LCMS RT=2.82.

Example 156 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AB for Intermediate Xand by substituting phenyl [4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamatefor phenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.50(d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s,1H), 7.76 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=6.3 Hz,1H), 6.51 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=481.0; LCMS RT=2.70.

Example 157 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[(2-methoxyethoxy)methyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate Z for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62 (d,J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.1, 2H), 7.44 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 3.59 to 3.48 (m,4H), 3.33 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=519.2; LCMS RT 3.13.

Example 158 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)methyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AA for Intermediate Xand by substituting phenyl [2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamatefor phenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.53(d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=8.3, 2H), 7.33(d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 4.00 (q, J=7.9Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=543.3; LCMS RT=3.10.

Example 159 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AB for Intermediate Xand by substituting phenyl [3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamatefor phenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.12(s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.71 to 7.60 (m, 4H), 7.42 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.49 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=498.2;LCMS RT=2.90.

Example 160 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)methyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AA for Intermediate Xand by substituting phenyl [4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamatefor phenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.90(s, 1H), 9.75 (s, 1H), 8.53 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s,1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.39 to 7.32 (m, J=8.0 Hz,3H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 3.97 (q, J=9.1 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=526.0; LCMSRT=2.90.

Example 161 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-cyanopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-(3-tert-butylisoxazol-5-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate P for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl (3-tert-butylisoxazol-5-yl)carbamate for phenyl(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.90(s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 6.13 (s, 1H),1.31 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=417.1; LCMS RT=2.87.

Example 162 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AB for Intermediate Xand by substituting phenyl [4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamatefor phenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.12(s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J=2.7, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.70to 7.62 (m, 3H), 7.41 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (t, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.49(s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=498.2; LCMS RT=3.14.

Example 163 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AD for Intermediate Xand by substituting phenyl [2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamatefor phenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.80(s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=499.2; LCMS RT=2.82.

Example 164 Preparation of4-amino-N-(tert-butyl)-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate L for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.88 (s,1H), 9.73 (s, 1H), 8.05 to 7.99 (m, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=8 Hz, h H), 7.88 (s,1H), 7.55 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 750 to 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H),6.66 (s, 1H), 5.00 (bs, 1H), 1.16 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=513.1; LCMS RT=2.84min; TLC R_(f)=0.64 (3:2 v/v CH₂Cl₂-THF).

Example 165 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AE for Intermediate Xand by substituting phenyl [6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamatefor phenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.87(s, 1H), 9.77 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 8.06 to 7.81 (m, 3 H), 7.89 (s,1H), 7.54 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.55 to 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H),7.28 to 7.20 (m, 1H), 4.95 (bs, 1H), 2.91 (d, J=6 Hz, 2H), 0.72 (s, 9H);MS [M+H]⁺=527.1; LCMS RT=2.89 min; TLC R_(f)=0.64 (3:2 v/v CH₂Cl₂-THF).

Example 166 Preparation of1-[4-(4-Amino-6-imidazol-1-ylmethyl-pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)-phenyl]-3-(2-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AE for Intermediate Xand by substituting phenyl [2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamatefor phenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.61 (d,J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.46(s, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.93 (d, J=5.1Hz, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=511.2; LCMS RT=2.63 min.

Example 167 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 69 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2-methoxyethanamine forcyclopropanamine. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H),7.84 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=9.0, 2H), 7.35 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.39 to 3.34 (m, 4H), 3.24 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=532.1; LCMSRT=3.05 min.

Example 168 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-cyanopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate P for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.89 (s,1H), 9.75 (s, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.03 to 7.99 (m, 3H), 7.63 (d, J=8.4,2H), 7.51 to 7.44 (m, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=439; LCMS RT=2.62 min.

Example 169 Preparation of ethyl3-(4-amino-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)propanoate

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate I was used toprepare the title compound by substituting phenyl[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamate for phenyl[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.88(s1H), 9.73 (s, 1H), 8.05 to 7.98 (m, 3H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.61 to 7.57(m, 3H), 7.51 to 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=8.7, 2H), 4.03 to 3.97 (m,2H), 2.74 to 2.70 (m, 2H), 2.55 to 2.51 (m, 2H), 1.15 to 1.11 (m, 3H);MS [M+H]⁺=514; LCMS RT=2.65 min.

Example 170 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1H-imidazol-1-ylmethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 166 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting phenyl[3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate for phenyl[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.55 to8.58 (m, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.65 to 7.80 (m, 2H), 7.63 (d,J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.41 to 7.43 (m, 1H), 7.2 to 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=9 Hz,2H), 7.00 tp 7.1 (m, 1H), 5.46 (s, 2H), 4.89 (bs, 4H); MS [M+H]⁺=511.0;LCMS RT=2.29 min.

Example 171 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(3-phenoxyphenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 1 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 3-phenoxyphenyl isocyanate for1-fluoro-2-isocyanato-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ8.60 (s, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.50 to 7.48 (m,2H), 7.41 to 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.29 to 7.25 (m, 4H), 7.15 to 7.11 (m, 2H),7.04 to 7.01 (m, 2H), 4.10 to 4.04 (m, 2H), 1.12 to 1.08 (m, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=509.1; LCMS RT=3.48 min.

Example 172 Preparation of tert-butyl(3-{[(4-amino-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)carbonyl]amino}propyl)carbamate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 55 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting tert-butyl (3-aminopropyl)carbamatefor N,N-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine and phenyl[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamate for phenyl[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.88(s, 1H), 9.72 (s, 1H), 8.06 to 7.97 (m, 3H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.78 to 7.75(m, 1H), 7.53 to 7.48 (m, 3H), 7.33 to 7.31 (m, 2H), 6.75 to 6.72 (m,1H), 3.11 to 3.06 (m, 2H), 2.91 to 2.86 (m, 2H), 1.52 to 1.48 (m, 2H),1.35 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=614.2; LCMS RT=2.55 min.

Example 173 Preparation of4-amino-N-(3-aminopropyl)-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

To a solution of DMF (5 mL) was added Intermediate G (100 mg, 0.21 mmol)and BOP (93 mg, 0.21 mmol) followed by NMM (23 μL, 0.21 mmol), andtert-butyl (3-aminopropyl)carbamate (37 mg, 0.21 mmol). The reaction wasallowed to stir under N₂ at rt for 2 h. The solution was then dilutedwith EtOAc (20 mL) and aq NaHCO₃ (20 mL), transferred to separatoryfunnel, and separated. The aqueous layer was back extracted with EtOAc(2×20 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried (MgSO₄), filtered,and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flashchromatography (9:1 v/v CH₂Cl₂/MeOH). The isolated product, tert-butyl(3-{[(4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)carbonyl]amino}propyl)carbamate,was treated with CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) and TFA (5 mL) and was left stirringunder N₂ at rt for 17 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated invacuo and purified by preparative HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O with 0.1% TFA).The resulting purified fractions were diluted in EtOAc (20 mL) and aqNaHCO₃ (20 mL) and separated. The organic layer was washed with H₂O,isolated, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to dryness producing29 mg of the above compound as a white solid (0.055 mmol, yield 26%).¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.59 to 9.55 (br s, 1H), 8.58 to 8.56 (d, J=9.7 Hz,1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.76 to 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.57 to 7.55 (d,J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.50 to 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.39 to 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.32 to 7.29(d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 3.19 to 3.14 (m, 2H), 2.57 to 2.54 (m, 2H), 1.57 to1.50 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=531.3; LCMS RT=2.52 min.

Example 174 Preparation of4-amino-N-(3-aminopropyl)-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 173 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 250 for IntermediateG. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.98 to 7.94 (m, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H),7.68 to 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.52 (d, J=8.5, 1H), 7.47 to 7.43 (m, 3H), 3.35(m, 2H), 2.83 to 2.80 (m, 2H), 1.82 to 1.75 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=514.1;LCMS RT=1.85 min.

Example 175 Preparation of 4-amino-N-methyl-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

A solution of Intermediate AH (40 mg, 1 eq) and HATU (50 mg, 1.5 eq) in1 ml anhydrous DMF were stirred at RT for 0.5 h. Then the above mixturewas added into a 0.2 ml anhydrous DMF solution of the amine (1.5 eq).Triethylamine (26.5 mg, 3 eq) was added into the reaction and thereaction was stirred at the RT for overnight. The reaction mixture waspurified without work-up on Prep LC-MS using gradient Water andAcetonitrile with 0.1% TFA as modifier. MS [M+H]⁺=471.14; LCMS RT=2.97min.

Example 176 Preparation of4-amino-N-ethyl-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting ethylamine for methylamine.MS [M+H]⁺=485.16; LCMS RT=2.91 min.

Example 177 Preparation of4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting cyclopropylamine formethylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=497.16; LCMS RT=2.94 min.

Example 178 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting N-(2-aminoethyl)-pyrrolidinefor methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=554.22; LCMS RT=2.6 min.

Example 179 Preparation of4-amino-N-[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting N,N-dimethylethylenediaminefor methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=528.2; LCMS RT=2.6 min.

Example 180 Preparation of4-amino-N-(3-methoxypropyl)-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 3-methoxypropylamine formethylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=528.18; LCMS RT=2.9 min.

Example 181 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-ethoxyethyl)-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 2-ethoxyethylamine formethylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=529.18; LCMS RT=2.96 min.

Example 182 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting morpholine for methylamine.MS [M+H]⁺=527.17; LCMS RT=2.84 min.

Example 183 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-morpholin-4-ylethyl)-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 4-(2-aminoethyl)morpholinefor methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=570.21; LCMS RT=2.58 min.

Example 184 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 1-methylpiperazine formethylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=540.2; LCMS RT=2.55 min.

Example 185 Preparation of4-amino-N-[3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)propyl]-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-(3-aminopropyl)-4-methylpiperazine for methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=597.26;LCMS RT=2.5 min.

Example 186 Preparation of4-amino-N-[3-(2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)propyl]-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-(3-aminopropyl)-2-pyrrolidinone for methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=582.21;LCMS RT=2.81 min.

Example 187 Preparation of4-amino-N-[4-(dimethylamino)-3,3-dimethylbutyl]-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting2,2,N*1*,N*1*-tetramethyl-butane-1,4-diamine for methylamine. MS[M+H]⁺=570.25; LCMS RT=2.65 min.

Example 188 Preparation of4-amino-N-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-N-methyl-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substitutingN,N,N′-trimethyl-1,3-propanediamine for methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=556.23;LCMS RT=2.57 min.

Example 189 Preparation of4-amino-N-(3-morpholin-4-ylpropyl)-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 4-(3-aminopropyl) morpholinefor methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=584.23; LCMS RT=2.6 min.

Example 190 Preparation of4-amino-N-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylbutyl)-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 4-(1-pyrrolidino) butylaminefor methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=582.25; LCMS RT=2.6 min.

Example 191 Preparation of4-amino-N-[2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl]-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting2-(2-aminoethyl)-1-methylpyrrolidine for methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=568.23;LCMS RT=2.6 min.

Example 192 Preparation of4-amino-N-[4-(dimethylamino)butyl]-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 4-dimethylaminobutylamine formethylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=556.23; LCMS RT=2.6 min.

Example 193 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-({4-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]piperazin-1-yl}carbonyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-piperazine for methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=611.27;LCMS RT=2.45 min.

Example 194 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-({4-[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]piperazin-1-yl}carbonyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-piperazine for methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=597.26;LCMS RT=2.52 min.

Example 195 Preparation of4-amino-N-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 3-(dimethylamino)propylaminefor methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=542.22; LCMS RT=2.6 min.

Example 196 Preparation of4-amino-N-[4-(diethylamino)butyl]-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 4-diethylaminobutylamine formethylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=598.28; LCMS RT=2.67 min.

Example 197 Preparation of4-amino-N,N-bis(2-methoxyethyl)-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting bis(2-methoxyethyl)amine formethylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=573.21; LCMS RT=2.93 min.

Example 198 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,4-dioxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]dec-8-ylcarbonyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting1,4-dioxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane for methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=583.2; LCMSRT=2.93 min.

Example 199 Preparation of4-amino-N-(cyclohexylmethyl)-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting cyclohexanemethylamine formethylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=553.22; LCMS RT=3.31 min.

Example 200 Preparation of4-amino-N-cyclopentyl-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting cyclopentylamine formethylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=525.19; LCMS RT=3.1 min.

Example 201 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-isopropoxyethyl)-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 2-aminoethyl isopropyl etherfor methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=543.2; LCMS RT=3.05 min.

Example 202 Preparation of4-amino-N-[3-(diethylamino)propyl]-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substitutingN,N-diethyl-1,3-propanediamine for methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=570.25; LCMSRT=2.62 min.

Example 203 Preparation of4-amino-N-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting cyclopropanemethylamine formethylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=511.17; LCMS RT=3.04 min.

Example 204 Preparation of4-amino-N-[3-(methylthio)propyl]-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 3-(methylthio)propylamine formethylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=545.16; LCMS RT=3.06 min.

Example 205 Preparation of4-amino-N-(3-isopropoxypropyl)-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 3-isopropoxypropylamine formethylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=557.22; LCMS RT =3.05 min.

Example 206 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[(4-cyclohexylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 1-cyclohexylpiperazine formethylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=608.26; LCMS RT=2.63 min.

Example 207 Preparation of4-amino-N-[(1-ethylpyrrolidin-2-yl)methyl]-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting2-(aminomethyl)-1-ethylpyrrolidine for methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=568.23;LCMS RT=2.64 min.

Example 208 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-{[3-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin-1-yl]carbonyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 3-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidinefor methylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=554.22; LCMS RT=2.54 min.

Example 209 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[(4-ethylpiperidin-1-yl)carbonyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 4-ethylpiperidine formethylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=553.22; LCMS RT=3.25 min.

Example 210 Preparation of4-amino-N-isobutyl-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting isobutylamine formethylamine. MS [M+H]⁺=513.19; LCMS RT=3.11 min.

Example 211 Preparation of4-amino-N-butyl-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 175 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting N-butylamine for methylamine.MS [M+H]⁺=513.19; LCMS RT=3.14 min.

Example 212 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 24 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting4-(trifluoromethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-amine for 2-isopropylaniline. ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 11.0 (s, 1H), 9.15 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.87(s, 1H), 7.57 to 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.35 to 3.33 (m, 2H), 1.12 to 1.09 (m,3H); MS [M+H]⁺=492; LCMS RT=2.73 min.

Example 213 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid

The procedure used for Step 2 in the preparation of Intermediate J wasused to prepare the title compound by substituting phenyl[4-(trifluoromethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl]carbamate for phenyl[2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.3to 12.2 (br s,1H), 11.2 to 11.1 (br s, 1H), 9.41 to 9.18 (br s, 1H),8.30 (s, 1H), 8.29 to 8.1 (br s, 1H), 7.90 (s,1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.65 to7.58 (m, 2H), 7.55 to 7.30 (m, 2H), 5.27 to 4.71 (br s, 1H); MS[M+H]⁺=464; LCMS RT=2.28 min.

Example 214 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 69 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Example 213 for Intermediate G andsubstituting 2,2,2-trifluoroethanamine for cyclopropanamine. ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 11.0 (s, 1H), 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.55 to 8.52 (m, 1H), 8.19 (s,1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.55 to 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.32 to 7.30 (m,2H), 3.97 to 3.93 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=544.9; LCMS RT=2.52 min.

Example 215 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 24 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting2-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenylamine for 2-isopropylaniline. ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.52 to 8.45 (m, 1H), 8.16 (s,1H), 8.10 (bs, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.40 to 7.34(m, 4H), 5.14 (bs, 1H), 4.10(q, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 1.12 (q, J=7.8 Hz, 3H);MS [M+H]⁺=503.2; LCMS RT=3.14 min.

Example 216 Preparation of ethylN-{4-[4-amino-6-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 24 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 3-methoxyaniline for2-isopropylaniline and Intermediate U for intermediate B. ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.65 to 7.71 (m, 2H), 7.61 (d,J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.40 ((d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.33 to 7.36 (m, 2H),6.90 to 6.95 (m, 1H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 3.30 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=473.1; LCMSRT=2.69 min.

Example 217 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[3-tert-butyl-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 24 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting3-tert-butyl-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine for2-isopropylaniline. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.52 to7.58 (m, 2H), 7.52 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H) 7.37 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.28 to 7.31(m, 2H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 1.26 (s, 9H); MS[M+H]⁺=529.2; LCMS RT=3.04 min.

Example 218 Preparation of N-{4-[4-amino-6-(ethoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 246 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting phenyl[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamate for1-fluoro-2-isocyanato-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ9.99 (s, 1H), 9.82 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s,1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.62 to 7.65 (m, 1H), 7.30 to7.42 (m, 4 H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 3.40 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H), 1.09 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H);MS [M+H]⁺=472.1; LCMS RT=2.73 min.

Example 219 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used in Step 1 of the preparation of Intermediate F wasused to prepare the title compound by substituting Example 144 forIntermediate E. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.87 (s, 1H), 9.71 (s, 1H), 8.03 to7.99 (m, 3H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.57 to 7.55 (m, 3H), 7.50 to7.47 (m, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 4.97 to 4.94 (m, 1H), 4.36 (d,J=5.2 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=444.0; LCMS RT=2.24 min.

Example 220 Preparation of ethylN-[(4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)carbonyl]serinate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 143 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting methyl serinate hydrochloridefor 2-amino-2-methylpropan-1-ol and Intermediate G for Intermediate J.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 8.95 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.62 to 8.60(d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.78 to 7.76 (d, J=7.8Hz, 1H), 7.55 to 7.53 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.50 to 7.47 (m, 1H), 7.40 to7.37 (m, 1H), 7.34 to 7.32 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.98 to 4.95 (t, J=5.9 Hz,1H), 4.38 to 4.34 (m, 1H), 4.08 to 4.03 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.70 to 3.61(m, 2H), 1.18 to 1.15 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=590.0; LCMS RT=2.69min.

Example 221 Preparation of ethylN-[(4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)carbonyl]serinate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 143 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting methyl serinate hydrochloridefor 2-amino-2-methylpropan-1-ol and Example 250 for Intermediate J.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.87 (s, 1H), 9.74 (s, 1H), 8.54 to 8.53 (d, J=5.4Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.79 to 7.77 (d,J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.59 to 7.57 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.37 to 7.33 (m, 3H),4.98 to 4.95 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 4.39 to 4.34 (m, 1H), 4.08 to 4.03 (q,J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.72 to 3.61 (m, 2H), 1.18 to 1.14 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=573.0; LCMS RT=2.55 min.

Example 222 Preparation of N-[4-(4-amino-6vinylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

Potassium tert-butoxide (0.51 g, 4.53 mmol) was suspended in 1,4-dioxane(40 mL) and treated with methyl(triphenyl)phosphonium bromide (1.6 g,4.53 mmol). The resulting yellow suspension was stirred at roomtemperature for 30 min. The mixture was then treated with IntermediateAG (1.0 g, 2.27 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 3 hours at roomtemperature. The mixture was then poured into water and stirred for 1hour. The mixture was then filtered and rinsed with water and methanol.The remaining solid was dried under reduced pressure providing 0.62 g ofproduct as an light brown solid (1.41 mmol, 62% yield). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆)δ 10.0(bs, 1H), 9.86 (bs, 1H), 8.53 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H),8.04 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 7.64 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=5.2 Hz, H),7.30 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.39 (q, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 5.63 (dd, J=1.6 Hz,1H), 5.11 (dd, J=1.6 Hz, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=440.0; LCMS RT=2.89 min.

Example 223 Preparation ofN-[4-(6-acetyl-4-aminopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 233 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example XXX for Example 269.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.32 (s, 1H), 8.95 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 8.61 (dd, J=2, 5Hz, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.05 (bs, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=9 Hz,2H), 7.46 to 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.36 to 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.31, d, J=9 Hz, 2H),5.02 (bs, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=473.3; LCMS RT=2.95 min.

Example 224 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate M for intermediate X andby (2-Fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-carbamic acid phenyl ester forphenyl (4-tertbutylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.34 (s,1H), 8.94 (s, 1H), 8.58 to 8.48 (m, 2H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.98 (bs, 1H),7.96 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.41 to 7.33 (m, 4H), 5.11 (bs,1H), 4.10(m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=556.1; LCMS RT=3.00 min.

Example 225 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AG for Intermediate F.¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.54 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.64 to 7.41(m, 2H), 7.39 to 7.38 (m, 2H), 3.57 to 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.42 to 3.41 (m,2H), 2.67 to 2.66 (m, 2H), 2.47 to 2.32 (m, 4H); MS [M+H]⁺=513.0; LCMSRT=1.92 min.

Example 226 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(cyanomethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

Step 1: Preparation of[4-amino-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl]acetonitrile

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate U Step 1 was usedto prepare the title compound by substituting DMF for methanol andsodium cyanide for sodium hydride. MS [M+H]⁺=295.4; LCMS RT=2.11 min.

Step 2: Preparation of4-amino-5-(4-aminophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl]acetonitrile

A solution of4-amino-5-(4-aminophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl]acetonitrile(250 mg, 0.85 mmol) and tin (II) chloride (1.61 g, 8.5 mmol) in 75 mLEtOH was heated at 80 C for 1 h. The reaction was then diluted withEtOAc and diluted with sat. NaHCO₃. After 15 min vigorous stirring themixture was filtered thru a pad of celite, washing well with EtOAc. Theorganic layer was then separated, dried (Na₂SO₄) and evaporated todryness. Trituration with Et₂O provided 210 mg of the title compound(93% yield). MS [M+H]⁺=265; LCMS RT=2.63 min.

Step 3: Preparation of [Preparation of N-{4-[4-amino-6-(cyanomethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 101 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting4-amino-5-(4-aminophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl]acetonitrilefor intermediate U. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.54 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s,1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J=9 Hz,2H), 7.34 to 7.36 (m, 1H), 3.81 (s, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=453.1; LCMS RT=2.67min.

Example 227 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-{[(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino]methyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2,2,2-trifluoroethanamine formorpholine andN-[4-(4-amino-6-formylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]ureafor Intermediate F. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.88 (s, 1H), 9.75 (s, 1H), 8.02to 7.99 (m, 2H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.57 to 7.48 (m, 4H), 7.38to 3.36 (m, 2H), 3.67 to 3.66 (s, 2H), 3.28 to 3.14 (m, 2H), 2.66 to2.56 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=525.0; LCMS RT=2.10 min.

Example 228 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-{[(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino]methyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2,2,2-trifluoroethanamine formorpholine and Intermediate AG for Intermediate F. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.51(d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.48 (br s, 1H), 7.70 to 7.68 (m, 3H),7.44 to 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.29 to 7.27 (m, 2H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 3.18 to 3.11(m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=525.1; LCMS RT=2.19 min.

Example 229 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-{[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]methyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 30 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting 2-methoxyethanamine for morpholineand Intermediate AG for Intermediate F. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.51 (d, J=5.3Hz, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.75 to 7.72 (m, 3H), 7.43 to 7.41(m, 2H), 7.28 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (s, 2H), 3.48 to 3.45 (m, 2H),2.89 to 2.86 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=501.0; LCMS RT=1.99 min.

Example 230 Preparation of ethyl2-(4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1,3-oxazole-4-carboxylate

To a solution of THF (2 mL) was added ethylN-[(4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)carbonyl]serinate(Example 221) (50 mg, 0.09 mmol) which was cooled to −78° C. DAST (13μL, 0.10 mmol) was added and the reaction proceeded for 1 h whilestirring under N₂. Anhydrous K₂CO₃ was then added and the solution wasallowed to warm to rt over the following 30 min. The reaction mixturewas transferred to a separatory funnel, diluted with EtOAc (20 mL),washed with aq saturated NaHCO₃ (20 mL) and H₂O (20 mL). The organic wascollected, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated in vacuo. The crude materialwas purified by preparative HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O with 0.1% TFA). Thefractions were left overnight resulting in the partial formation of anew product. The two products were separated by column chromatography5:4:1 v/v/v DCM/EtOAc/MeOH resulting in the isolation of 9 mg of thetitle compound (0.016 mmol, 18%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.91 (s, 1H), 9.78(s, 1H), 8.54 to 8.53 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H),7.91 (s, 1H), 7.58 to 7.56 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.37 to 7.36 (d, J=5.1 Hz,1H), 7.34 to 7.32 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H)5 4.75 to 4.71 (m, 1H), 4.38 to 4.29(m, 2H), 4.13 to 4.08 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.21 to 1.18 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H);MS [M+H]⁺=555.1; LCMS RT=2.84 min.

Example 231 Preparation of 2-amino-3-ethoxy-3-oxopropyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

To a solution of THF (2 mL) was added ethylN-[(4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)carbonyl]serinate(Example 221) (50 mg, 0.09 mmol) which was cooled to −78° C. DAST (13μL, 0.10 mmol) was added and the reaction proceeded for 1 h whilestirring under N₂. Anhydrous K₂CO₃ was then added and the solution wasallowed to warm to rt over the following 30 min. The reaction mixturewas transferred to a separatory funnel, diluted with EtOAc (20 mL),washed with aq saturated NaHCO₃ (20 mL) and H₂O (20 mL). The organic wascollected, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated in vacuo. The crude materialwas purified by preparative HPLC (10-90% ACN/H₂O with 0.1% TFA). Thefractions were left overnight resulting in the partial formation of anew product. The two products were separated by column chromatography5:4:1 v/v/v DCM/EtOAc/MeOH resulting in the isolation of 4 mg of thetitle compound (0.0075 mmol, 9%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.92 (s, 1H), 9.78(s, 1H), 8.54 to 8.53 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H),7.93 (s, 1H), 7.60 to 7.58 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.37 to 7.35 (d, J=6.4 Hz,1H), 7.33 to 7.31 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 4.25 to 4.21(m, 1H), 4.12 to 4.08(m, 1H), 4.07 to 4.02 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.55 to 3.52 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H),1.15 to 1.11 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=573.1; LCMS RT=2.38 min.

Example 232 Preparation of ethyl2-(4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)-1,3-oxazole-4-carboxylate

To a solution of THF (16 mL) was added ethylN-[(4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)carbonyl]serinate(Example 221) (437 mg, 0.76 mmol) which was cooled to −78° C. DAST (0.14mL, 1.07 mmol) was added and the reaction proceeded for 1 h whilestirring under N₂. Additional DAST (0.14 mL, 1.07 mmol) was added andthe solution was stirred for 30 min. The acetone/dry ice cooling bathwas replaced with an ice/water bath and DBU (0.41 mL, 2.75 mmol) andBrCCl₃ (0.27 mL, 2.75 mmol) were added and the solution was allowed towarm to rt over 17 h. Additional DBU (0.41 mL, 2.75 mmol) and BrCCl₃(0.27 mL, 2.75 mmol) were added and the solution was allowed to stir for6 h. The reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel,diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with aq saturated NaHCO₃ (50 mL) andH₂O (50 mL). The aqueous fraction was back extracted with DCM (3×30 mL).The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4), evaporated in vacuo andflashed 5:4:1 v/v/v DCM/EtOAc/MeOH resulting in the isolation of 33 mgof the title compound (0.060 mmol, yield 8%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.93(s, 1H), 9.77 (s, 1H), 8.70 (s, 1H), 8.55 to 8.54 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H),8.30 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.64 to 7.61 (d, J=8.8 Hz,2H), 7.42 to 7.40 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.38 to 7.36 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 1H),4.28 to 4.23 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.28 to 1.25 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=553.1; LCMS RT=3.04 min.

Example 233 Preparation ofN-[4-(6-acetyl-4-aminopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate F step 2 was usedto prepare the title compound by substituting Example 269 forN-{4-[4-amino-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea.¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.51 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.89(s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (d, J=5 Hz,1H), 2.29 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=456.0; LCMS RT=2.71 min.

Example 234 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-oxazol-2-yl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 241 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 232 for Example 237.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.91 (s, 1H), 9.76 (s, 1H), 8.53 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H),8.17 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.62 (s, 1H),7.61 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.40 to 7.36 (m, 3H), 5.14 to 5.11 (m, 1H), 4.31(d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=511.0; LCMS RT=2.33 min.

Example 235 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-2-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

Step 1: Preparation of5-(4-Nitro-phenyl)-6-oxazol-2-yl-pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-ylamine

The procedure used for the preparation of the first step of intermediateM was used to prepare4-Amino-5-(4-nitro-phenyl)-pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid (2,2-dimethoxy-ethyl)-amideby substituting 2,2-Dimethoxy-ethylaminefor 2,2,2-trifluoro-ethylamine hydrochloride salt. To a solution ofmethanesulfonic acid (1.5 ml) was added P₂O₅ (225.0 mg, 1.58 mmol)followed by the addition of4-amino-5-(4-nitro-phenyl)-pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid (2,2-dimethoxy-ethyl)-amide (150 mg, 0.388 mmol). The dark brownmixture was heated to 100° C. and allowed to stir for 18 hrs. Themixture was then poured over ice (15 g), stirred for fifteen minutes andenough saturated sodium carbonate solution was added to neutralize thereaction. A white precipitate was filtered and collected (35 mg, 27%).¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆)67 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.31 (m, 2H), 8.03 (d, J=10 Hz, 2H),7.73 (d, J=10 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (s, 1H). MS [M+H]⁺=323.2; LCMS RT=2.51 min.

Step 2: Preparation of5-(4-Amino-phenyl)-6-oxazol-2-yl-pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-ylamine.

The procedure used for the preparation of intermediate B was used toprepare the title compound substituting5-(4-Nitro-phenyl)-6-oxazol-2-yl-pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-ylaminefor 4-amino-5-(4-aminophenyl)pyrrole[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6carboxylate.MS [M+H]⁺=293.3; LCMS RT=0.38 min.

Step 3: Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-2-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting5-(4-amino-phenyl)-6-oxazol-2-yl-pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-ylaminefor intermediate X and phenyl [4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamatefor phenyl (4-tertbutylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.94(s, 1H), 9.79 (s, 1H), 8.55 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s,1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=7.9Hz, 2H), 7.36(s, 1H), 7.18 (s,1H); MS [M+H]⁺=481.1; LCMS RT=3.11 min.

Example 236 Preparation of ethyl2-(4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1,3-oxazole-4-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 230 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting ethylN-[(4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)carbonyl]serinate(Example 220) for ethyl2-(4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1,3-oxazole-4-carboxylate(Example 221). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.31 (s, 1H), 8.96 to 8.95 (d, J=2.9Hz, 1H), 8.63 to 8.61 (d, J =7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H),7.54 to 7.52 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.50 to 7.48 (d, J=10.9 Hz, 1H), 7.41 to7.38 (m, 1H), 7.33 to 7.31 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 4.76 to 4.71(m, 1H), 4.38to 4.29 (m, 2H), 4.13 to 4.08 (q, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 1.21 to 1.18 (t, J=7.2Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=572.2; LCMS RT=2.94 min.

Example 237 Preparation of ethyl2-(4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)-1,3-oxazole-4-carboxylate

To a solution of THF (2 mL) and DCM (2 mL) cooled in an ice/water bathwas added ethyl2-(4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1,3-oxazole-4-carboxylate(Example 236) followed by DBU (24 μL, 0.16 mmol) and BrCCl₃ (16 μL, 0.16mmol). The solution was allowed to stir under N₂ for 1 h and then thesolution was left to warm to rt while stirring for 17 h. The reactionmixture was evaporated in vacuo and then purified by flashchromatography 50:45:5 v/v/v DCM/EtOAc/MeOH resulting in the isolationof 16 mg of the title compound as a white solid (0.028 mmol, yield 65%).¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.35 (s, 1H), 8.96 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.69 (s, 1H),8.62 to 8.60 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.58 to 7.56(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.52 to 7.47 (m, 1H), 7.40 to 7.37 (m, 3H), 4.27 to4.23 (q, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.28 to 1.24 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=570.1;LCMS RT=3.16 min.

Example 238 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-{[(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)methoxy]methyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 271 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)methanol for methanol and the product fromIntermediate F (Step 1) for Example 262. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.58 to 8.57(m, 1H), 8.05 to 7.93 (m, 2H), 1.68 to 7.64 (m, 2H), 7.51 to 7.46 (m,1H), 7.38 to 7.36 (m, 2H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.02 to 4.00 (m, 1H), 3.27 to3.09 (m, 4H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 1.62 to 1.55 (m, 2H), 1.25 to 1.15 (m, 2H);MS [M+H]⁺=572.1; LCMS RT=2.06 min.

Example 239 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[3-tert-butyl-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate F step 1 was usedto prepare the title compound by substituting Example 25 forIntermediate E. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.11 (s, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s,1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.48 to 7.58 (m, 5H), 7.28 to 7.48 (m, 5H), 6.36 (s,1H), 4.94 (t, J=5 Hz, 1H), 4.34 (d, J=5 Hz, 2H), 1.26 (s, 9H); MS[M+H]⁺=515.2; LCMS RT=2.48 min.

Example 240 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(cyanomethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 226 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting phenyl[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate for phenyl[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 9.41(s, 1H), 9.01 (d, J=3 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=3, 8 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H),7.77 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.47 to 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.38 to 7.42(m, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 5.35 (dd, J=2, 6 Hz), 3.82 (s, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=470.1; LCMS RT=2.80 min.

Example 241 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-oxazol-2-yl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate F Step 1 was usedto prepare the title compound by substituting ethyl2-(4-amino-5-{4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)-1,3-oxazole-4-carboxylate(Example 232) for Intermediate E. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.35 (s, 1H), 8.97to 8.96 (d, J=3.4 Hz, 1H), 8.63 to 8.61 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H),7.93 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.58 to 7.56 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.53 to 7.48(m, 1H), 7.41 to 7.36 (m, 3H), 5.16 to 5.13 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.32 to4.31 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=528.1; LCMS RT=2.68 min.

Example 242 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{3-fluoro-4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AJ for Intermediate Xand by substituting phenyl [4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamatefor phenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.14(s, 1H), 10.11 to 10.04 (br s, 1H), 8.54 to 8.53 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.28to 8.23 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H),7.39 to 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.18 to 7.16 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.12 to 4.06 (q,J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 1.14 to 1.10 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=504.1; LCMSRT=3.12 min.

Example 243 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluorophenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate F Step 1 was usedto prepare the title compound by substituting ethyl4-amino-5-{3-fluoro-4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate(Example 242) for Intermediate E. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.13 (s, 1H),10.07 to 10.02 (br s, 1H), 8.54 to 8.53 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.29 to 8.24(t, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.39 (s,1H), 7.38 to 7.35 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.21 to 7.19 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H),5.02 to 5.00 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.39 to 4.37 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=462.0; LCMS RT=2.44 min.

Example 244 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-cyanopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate P for Intermediate X andby substituting phenyl [2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate forfor phenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.96(s, 1H), 9.78 (s, 1H), 8.55 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H),7.99 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J=5Hz, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=439.1; LCMS RT=3.01 min.

Example 245 Preparation of methyl4-amino-5-{4-[({[3-tert-butyl-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 25 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting methyl4-amino-5-(4-aminophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate forIntermediate B. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.14 (s, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s,1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.25 to 7.60 (m, 8H), 6.36 (s, 1H), 7.32 to 7.40 (m,4H), 7.17 to 7.25 (m, 1H), 7.14 (bs, 1H), 6.34 (s, 1H), 3.61 (s, 1H); MS[M+Na]⁺=565.2; LCMS RT=3.13 min.

Example 246 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(ethoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

Step 1: Preparation of6-(ethoxymethyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

The method used in the preparation of Intermediate U was used to preparethe title compounds by substituting ethanol for methanol. MS[M+H]⁺=284.1; LCMS RT=0.35 min.

Step 2: Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(ethoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 1 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting6-(ethoxymethyl)-5-(4-aminophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-aminein place of Intermediate B. ¹H-NMR (DCM-d₂) δ 12.19 (s, 1H), 8.51 (d,J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.4-7.3 (bs, 1H), 7.29-7.14(m, 5H), 6.8 (s, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 3.40 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 0.80 (m,3H); MS [M+H]⁺=489.2; LCMS RT=3.92 min.

Example 247 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluorophenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 271 was used toprepare the title compound by substitutingN-{4-[4-amino-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluorophenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea(Example 243) forN-{4-[4-amino-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)urea(Example 262). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.14 (s, 1H), 10.09 to 10.04 (br s,1H), 8.54 to 8.53 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 8.30 to 8.26 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 1H),8.00 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.39 to 7.38 (d, J=5.2 Hz,1H), 7.35 to 7.32 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.21 to 7.18 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1H),4.28 (s, 2H), 3.22 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=476.1; LCMS RT=2.77 min.

Example 248 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[(2-methoxyethoxy)methyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[3-tert-butyl-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]urea

The procedure used for preparation of Example 73 was used to prepare thetitle compound by substituting Intermediate Z for Intermediate X andsubstituting phenyl(3-tert-butyl-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-)-carbamate for phenyl(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.13 (s, 1H),8.43 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.58-7.49 (m, 4H), 7.38 (d,J=9.4 Hz 2H), 7.31 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 2H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 4.30(s, 2H),3.46-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.37 (m, 2H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 1.26 (s, 9H); MS[M+H]⁺=573.1; LCMS RT=2.71 min.

Example 249 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-{3-fluoro-4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AJ for Intermediate Xand phenyl [2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate for phenyl(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.42 (s, 1H),9.28 (s, 1H), 8.65 to 8.63 (m, 1H), 8.27 to 8.22 (m, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H),7.93 (s, 1H), 4.11 to 4.06 (m, 2H), 1.14 to 1.10 (m, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=521.3; LCMS RT=2.98 min.

Example 250 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate G was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 51 for IntermediateE. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.3 (s, 1H), 9.87 (s, 1H), 9.75 (s, 1H), 8.53 (d,J=5.3 Hz, 2H), 8.07 to 8.06 (m, 3H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.58 to 7.56 (m, 2H),7.36 to 7.33 (m, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=458.0; LCMS RT=2.28 min.

Example 251 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluorophenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate AF was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 249 for Example 51.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.41 (s, 1H), 9.40 (s, 1H), 9.26 to 8.63 (m, 1H),8.28 to 8.24 (m, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.53 to 7.48 (m, 1H),7.41 to 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.01 to 4.98 (m, 1H), 4.37(d, J=5.0 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=479.1; LCMS RT=2.49 min.

Example 252 Preparation of4-amino-5-{3-fluoro-4-[({[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate G was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 249 for IntermediateE. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.3 (s, 1H), 9.43 (s, 1H), 9.27 (s, 1H), 8.65 to8.63 (m, 1H), 8.25 to 8.20 (m, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H); MS[M+H]⁺=433.1; LCMS RT=2.58 min.

Example 253 Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 104 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting phenyl[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbamate for phenyl[3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamate. ¹H -NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.52(d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=9Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=457.0;LCMS RT=2.36min.

Example 254 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluorophenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 271 was used toprepare the title compound by Example 251 for Example 262. ¹H-NMR(CD₃OD) δ 8.65 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.31 to 8.27 (m, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H),7.70 (s, 1H), 7.35 to 7.23 (m, 4H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 3.33 (s, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=493.1; LCMS RT=2.84 min.

Example 255 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(cyanomethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yll-2-fluorophenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 271 was used toprepare the title compound by substitutingN-{4-[4-amino-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluorophenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea(Example 243) forN-{4-[4-amino-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f[1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)urea(Example 262) and sodium cyanide for MeOH. ¹H-NMR (Acetone-d₆) δ 10.99(s, 1H), 9.39 (s, 1H), 8.59 to 8.58 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.51 to 8.47 (t,J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.82 to 7.81 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (s,1H), 7.38 to 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.30 to 7.28 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (s, 2H);MS [M+H]⁺=471.0; LCMS RT=2.75 min.

Example 256 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-cyanopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)-2-fluorophenyl]-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate O was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Intermediate AN forIntermediate H. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.66 to 8.64 (m, 1H), 8.41 to 8.37 (m,1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.40 to 7.31 (m, 4H); MS [M+H]⁺=474.1;LCMS RT=2.92 min.

Example 257 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[4-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazol-2-yl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 66 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AM for Intermediate I.¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62 to 8.60 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s,1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.61 to 7.59 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.42 to 7.40 (d,J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.35 to 7.33 (m, 2H), 3.69 to 3.66 (t, J=4.7 Hz, 4H),3.46 (s, 2H), 2.53 to 2.50 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 4H); MS [M+H]⁺=597. 1; LCMSRT=2.44 min.

Example 258 Preparation of ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate B for Intermediate X andby substituting diphenyl (4-methylpyridin-2-yl)imidodicarbonate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.83 (s,1H), 9.45 (s, 1H), 8.15 to 8.13 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.93(s, 1H), 7.62 to 7.60 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.34 to 7.32 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H),7.28 (s, 1H), 6.87 to 6.86 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.11 to 4.06 (q, J=7.1 Hz,2H), 2.30 (s, 3H) 1.13 to 1.10 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=432.1; LCMSRT=2.30 min.

Example 259 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(ethoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for preparation of Example 1 was used to prepare thetitle compound by substituting6-(ethoxymethyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-aminefor Intermediate B and substituting2-fluoro-1-isocyanato-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzene for1-fluoro-2-isocyanato-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzene. ¹H-NMR (DMSOD6) δ 9.28(s, 1H), 8.89 (s, 1H), 8.48-8.42 (m, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H),7.59 (s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.32 (m, 4H), 4.28(s, 2H), 3.37 (q,J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 1.06 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=489.1; LCMS RT=2.87.

Example 260 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate G was used toprepare the title compound by substituting ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate(Example 258) for Intermediate E. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.28 (s, 1H) 10.82(s, 1H), 9.46 (s, 1H), 8.14 to 8.13 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H),7.91 (s, 1H), 7.60 to 7.58 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.34 to 7.31 (d, J=8.6 Hz,2H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 6.86 to 6.85 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=404.2; LCMS RT=0.38 min.

Example 261 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-1-methylethyl)-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 143 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 1-aminopropan-2-ol for2-amino-2-methylpropan-1-ol and Example 250 for Intermediate J. ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 9.87 (s, 1H), 9.74 (s, 1H), 8.54 to 8.53 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H),8.11 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.59 to 7.57 (d, J=8.6 Hz,2H), 7.37 to 7.31 (m, 4H), 4.65 to 4.62 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 3.85 to 3.79(m, 1H), 3.23 to 3.16 (m, 2H), 1.01 to 1.00 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=515.0; LCMS RT=2.41 min.

Example 262 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate F Step 1 was usedto prepare the title compound by substituting ethyl4-amino-5-[4-({[(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylate(Example 258) for Intermediate E. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.84 (s, 1H), 9.45(s, 1H), 8.14 to 8.13 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (s; 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H),7.64 to 7.62 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.37 to 7.35 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.27 (s,1H), 6.86 to 6.85 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.97 to 4.95 (t, J=5.3 Hz, 1H),4.38 to 4.37 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=390.0; LCMSRT=1.51 min.

Example 263 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[(2-methoxyethoxy)methyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}-2-fluorophenyl)-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 271 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 3-methoxypropan-1-ol formethanol and Example 251 for Example 262. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.64 (d,J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 8.31 to 8.26 (m, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.37 to7.33 (m, 3H), 7.25 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 3.54 to 3.52 (m,2H), 3.33 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=537.1; LCMS RT=2.82 min.

Example 264 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 143 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 2,2,2-trifluoroethanamine for2-amino-2-methylpropan-1-ol and4-amino-5-[4-({[(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid (Example 260) for Intermediate J. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.80 (s, 1H),9.44 (s, 1H), 8.52 to 8.49 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.14 to 8.13(d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.59 to 7.57 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.31 to7.28 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 6.86 to 6.85 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H),3.97 to 3.93 (m, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=485.1; LCMS RT=2.06 min.

Example 265 Preparation of4-amino-N-methyl-5-[4-({[(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 143 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting methanamine for2-amino-2-methylpropan-1-ol and4-amino-5-[4-({[(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid (Example 260) for Intermediate J. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.80 (s, 1H),9.45 (s, 1H), 8.14 to 8.13 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s,1H), 7.82 to 7.80 (m, 1H), 7.59 to 7.57 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.31 to 7.29(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 6.86 to 6.85 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 2.64 to2.63 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=417.0; LCMS RT=1.54 min.

Example 266 Preparation of4-amino-N-ethyl-5-[4-({[(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 143 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting ethanamine for2-amino-2-methylpropan-1-ol and4-amino-5-[4-({[(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid (Example 260) for Intermediate J. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.80 (s, 1H),9.45 (s, 1H), 8.14 to 8.13 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s,1H), 7.76 to 7.73 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 1H), 7.59 to 7.57 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H),7.32 to 7.30 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 6.86 to 6.85 (d, J=6.9 Hz,1H), 3.16 to 3.09 (m, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H) 1.03 to 1.00 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H);MS [M+H]⁺=431.1; LCMS RT=1.80 min.

Example 267 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-1-methylethyl)-5-[4-({[(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 143 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 2-aminopropan-1-ol for2-amino-2-methylpropan-1-ol and4-amino-5-[4-({[(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid (Example 260) for Intermediate J. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.82 (s, 1H),9.45 (s, 1H), 8.14 to 8.13 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s,1H), 7.61 to 7.59 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.33 to 7.31 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H),7.30 to 7.28 (m, 2H), 6.87 to 6.85 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 4.65 to 4.62 (t,J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 3.84 to 3.78 (m, 1H). 3.22 to 3.16 (m, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H),1.01 to 0.99 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H)); MS [M+H]⁺=461.1; LCMS RT=1.62 min.

Example 268 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1-hydroxy-1-methylethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

A solution of Example 51 (78 mg, 0.155 mmol) in 5 mL THF was treatedwith methylmagnesium bromide (0.78 mL, 2.3 mmol, 3N in Et₂O) and heatedto 60 C for 4 h. The reaction was quenched with MeOH and diluted withEtOAc and washed with sat. NH₄Cl. The organic layer was dried withsodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. The residue was titurated withEt₂O to provide 64 mg of the title product (87% yield). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆)δ 9.98 (s, 1H), 9.79 (s, 1H), 8.52 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 8.70 (s, 1H), 7.77(s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.30to 7.35 (m, 1 H), 7.11 (bs, 2 H), 4.91 (s, 1 H), 1.24 (s, 6H); MS[M+H]⁺=472.1; LCMS RT=2.48 min.

Example 269 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1-hydroxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

Step 1: Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid;

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate F was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 51 for IntermediateE. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.97 (s, 1H), 9.78 (s, 1H), 9.75 (s, 1H), 8.54 (d,J=5 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=9 Hz,2H), 7.75 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 5.33 to 5.37 (m, 1H);MS [M+H]⁺=422.0; LCMS RT=2.77 min.

Step 2: Preparation of PreparationN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1-hydroxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

A solution of4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid (60 mg, 0.136 mmol) in 5 mL THF was treated with methylmagnesiumbromide (0.68 mL, 2.1 mmol, 3 M in Et₂O) dropwise over 2 min. Thereaction was allowed to stir for 15 min, then quenched with MeOH,diluted with EtOAc and washed with aq. NH₄Cl. The organic layer wasdried with sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. The residue wastriturated with Et₂O to provide 50.1 mg of the title compound (82%yield). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.05 (s, 1H), 9.82 (s, 1H), 8.52 (d, J=5 Hz,1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H),7.34 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 4.96 (d, J=5 Hz, 1 H), 4.63 (dq, J=5, 6 Hz, 1 H),1.24 (d, J=6 Hz, 3 H); MS [M+H]⁺=458.0; LCMS RT=2.41 min.

Example 270 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-propionylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 233 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 274 for Example 269.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.98 (s, 1H), 9.85 (s,1H), 8.53 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 8.37(s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 8.00 to 8.10 (bs, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.30to 7.39 (m, 3H), 2.71 (d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 0.92 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H); MS[M+Na]⁺=492.0; LCMS RT=2.87 min.

Example 271 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)urea

To a solution of DCM (5 mL) was addedN-{4-[4-amino-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)urea(Example 262) (40 mg, 0.10 mmol) followed by 2M thionyl chloride in DCM(0.51 mL, 1.03 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt for 1 h and wasthen evaporated in vacuo. THF (5 mL) and MeOH (5 mL) were added to thecrude reaction followed by triethylamine (43 μL, 0.31 mmol). Thesolution was heated to 50° C. for 3 d and then evaporated in vacuo andpurified by MPLC (Isco) 0-5% MeOH/DCM. The resulting purified fractionswere combined and evaporated producing 25 mg of the title compound(0.061 mmol, yield 60%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.86 (s, 1H), 9.46 (s, 1H),8.14 to 8.13 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.65 to 7.63(d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.36 to 7.34 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 6.87 to6.86 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=404.0; LCMS RT=1.99 mi n.

Example 272 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[(2-methoxyethoxy)methyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 271 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 2-methoxyethanol for MeOH.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.85 (s, 1H), 9.46 (s, 1H), 8.14 to 8.13 (d, J=5.4Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.65 to 7.62 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H),7.38 to 7.36 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 6.87 to 6.85 (d, J=5.9 Hz,1H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 3.49 to 3.46 (m, 2H), 443 to 3.40 3. (m, 2H), 3.22(s, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=448.0; LCMS RT=2.00 min.

Example 273 Preparation of4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-[4-({[(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 143 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting cyclopropanamine for2-amino-2-methylpropan-1-ol and4-amino-5-[4-({[(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid (Example 260) for Intermediate J. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.79 (s, 1H),9.45 (s, 1H), 8.15 to 8.13 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s,1H), 7.83 to 7.82 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.59 to 7.57 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H),7.31 to 7.29 (m, 3H), 6.86 to 6.85 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 2.68 to 2.63 (m,1H), 2.30 (s, 3H). 0.63 to 0.58 (m, 2H), 0.44 to 0.40 (m, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=465.1; LCMS RT=1.86 min.

Example 274 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1-hydroxypropyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 269 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting ethylmagnesium bromide formethylmagnesium bromide. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.95 (s, 1H), 9.77 (s, 1H),8.53 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 0.1 to 8.2 (bs, 1H), 8.05 to 8.10(m, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.32 to 7.40 (m,1H); MS [M+H]⁺=472.0; LCMS RT=2.59 min.

Example 275 Preparation ofN-(4-14-amino-6-[cyclopropyl(hydroxy)methyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 269 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting cyclopropylmagnesium bromidefor methylmagnesium bromide. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.95 (s, 1H), 9.83 (s,1H), 8.61 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H),7.69 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.40 to 46 (m, 3H), 5.00 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H),4.00-4.02 (m, 1H), 0.25 to 0.48 (m, 3H), 0.00 to 0.08 (m, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=484.0; LCMS RT=2.60 min.

Example 276 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluorophenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

To a solution of THF (10 mL) and MeOH (10 mL) cooled in an ice/waterbath was added 0.5 M sodium methoxide in MeOH (0.96 mL, 0.48 mmol)followed by TosMIC (93 mg, 0.48 mmol). The solution was allowed to stirfor 5 min and then Intermediate AL (73 mg, 0.16 mmol) was added. Thesolution was heated to 60° C. for 17 h. The reaction mixture was allowedto cool and was transferred to a separatory funnel, diluted with EtOAc(20 mL), washed with aq saturated NaHCO₃ (20 mL) and H₂O (20 mL). Theaqueous layer was back extracted with EtOAc (2×20 mL). The combinedorganic layers were dried (MgSO₄), filtered, evaporated in vacuo andpurified by flash chromatography 5:4:1 v/v/v DCM/EtOAc/MeOH theresulting purified fractions were combined and evaporated providing 26mg of the title compound as a white solid (0.052 mmol, yield 33%).¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.18 (s, 1H), 10.16 to 10.12 (br s, 1H), 8.55 to8.54 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 8.35 to 8.31 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H),8.10 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.39 to 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.23 to7.21 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=499.0; LCMS RT=2.85min.

Example 277 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 276 was used toprepare the title compound by Intermediate AK for Intermediate 5. ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 10.92 (s, 1H), 9.50 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.15 to 8.14 (d,J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.69 to 7.67 (d, J=8.4 Hz,2H), 7.38 to 7.36 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 6.87 to 6.86 (d,J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=427.1; LCMS RT=2.09min.

Example 278 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(cyclopropylcarbonyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 233 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 275 for Example 269.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.87 (s, 1H), 9.74 (s, 1H), 8.53 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H),8.51 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 8.00 to 8.05 (bs, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=9 Hx, 2H),7.30 to 7.40 (m, 3H), 2.40 (m, 1H), 0.76 to 0.9 (m, 4H); MS[M+H]⁺=482.0; LCMS RT=2.96 min.

Example 279 Preparation of4-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethylethyl)-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

Step 1: Preparation of4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate G was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 51 for IntermediateE. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.28 (bs, 1H), 9.87 (s, 1H) 9.75 (s, 1H), 8.53(d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=9Hz, 2H), 7.34 to 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=458.1;LCMS RT=2.53 min.

Step 2: Preparation4-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethylethyl)-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 143 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid for Intermediate J. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.92 (s, 1H), 9.77 (s, 1H),8.54 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.62(d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J=8.8 Hz,4H), 6.53(s, 1H), 4.75 (t, J=6.2Hz, 2H), 3.27 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 1.09(s, 6H); MS [M+H]⁺=529.0; LCMSRT=2.59 min.

Example 280 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(4,4-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-1,3-oxazol-2-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

A solution of Example 279 (25 mg, 0.047 mmol) in 2 mL CH₂Cl₂ was treatedwith thionyl chloride (0.95 mmol, 11.2 mg) and allowed to stir for 15min. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with sodiumbicarbonate. The organic layer was dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered andconcentrated to dryness. The residue was triturated with Et₂O/hexanes togive 19.4 mg of the above compound as a yellow solid (yield 81%). ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 10.40 (s, 1H), 9.96 (s, 1H), 8.91 (s, 1H), 8.54 (d, J=6.2Hz, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 4H), 7.35 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 5.67 (bs, 1H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 1.47(s, 6H); MS [M+H]⁺=511.0; LCMS RT=2.44 min.

Example 281 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(4-methyl-4,5-dihydro-1,3-oxazol-2-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 230 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting4-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-1-methylethyl)-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide(Example 261) for ethyl2-(4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-6-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1,3-oxazole-4-carboxylate(Example 221). 1¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.89 (s, 1H), 9.77 (s, 1H), 8.54 to8.53 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.58to 7.56 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.37 to 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.35 to 7.33 (d, J=8.6Hz, 2H), 4.28 to 4.24 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 2H1), 4.15 to 4.06 (m, 1H), 3.71 to3.67 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, 1.13 to 1.11 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=497.0;LCMS RT=2.43 min.

Example 282 Preparation ofN-[4-(4-amino-6-1[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]methyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 66 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AK for Intermediate Iand 2-methoxyethanamine for morpholine. ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.15 to 8.14(d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.74 to 7.72 (d, J=8.7Hz, 2H), 7.42 to 7.40 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.90 to 6.89 (d,J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (s, 2H), 3.49 to 3.46 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 2.95 to2.92 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.93 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=446.9;LCMS RT=1.25 min.

Example 283 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 66 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AK for Intermediate I.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.90 to 10.87 (br s, 1H), 9.48 (s, 1H), 8.14 to 8.13(d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.64 to 7.62 (d, J=8.5Hz, 2H), 7.40 to 7.38 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 6.87 to 6.85 (d,J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.55 to 3.50 (m, 4H), 3.34 to 3.33 (br s, 2H), 2.32 to2.28 (m, 4H), 2.30 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=459.0; LCMS RT =1.16 min.

Example 284 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f]1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(3-tert-butylisoxazol-5-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate F was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 52 for IntermediateE. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.13 (s, 1H), 8.96 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.65(s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.94(t, J=5 Hz, 1 H), 4.35 (d, J=5 Hz, 2H), 1.24 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=422.1;LCMS RT=2.26 n min.

Example 285 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1-hydroxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(3-tert-butylisoxazol-5-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 269 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 52 for Example 51.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.19 (s, 1H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 8.81 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s,1H), 7.56 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.30 to 7.40 (m, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.95 (m,1), 4.60 to 4.64 (m, 1H), 1.36 (m, 2H), 1.23 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=436;1;LCMS RT=2.41 min.

Example 286 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[cyclopropyl(hydroxy)methyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-(3-tert-butylisoxazol-5-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 269 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 52 for Example 51 andby substituting cyclopropylmagnesium bromide for methylmagnesiumbromide. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.24 (s, 1H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 8.81 (s, 1H),7.64 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.30 to 7.40 (m, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H)4.98 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 3.97 to 4.01 (m, 1H), 1.28 (s, 9H), 0.25 to 0.48(m, 3H), 0.00 to 0.08 (m, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=434.1; LCMS RT=2.63 min.

Example 287 Preparation ofN-[4-(6-acetyl-4-aminopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)phenyl]-N′-(3-tert-butylisoxazol-5-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 233 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 285 for Example 269.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.15 (s, 1H), 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), (8.01 (bs,1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 6.05 (s,1H), 2.27 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=434.1; LCMS RT=2.63 min.

Example 288 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(cyclopropylcarbonyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(3-tert-butylisoxazol-5-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 233 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example286 for Example 269.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ δ 10.15 (s, 1H), 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), (8.01(bs, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 6.05(s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=460.1; LCMS RT=2.81 min.

Example 289 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(3-tert-butylisoxazol-5-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxylicacid

The procedure used for the preparation of Intermediate G was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 52 for IntermediateE. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.18 (s, 1H), 9.04 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.19(s, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H),5.73 (s, 1H), 1.24 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=436.1; LCMS RT=2.43 min.

Example 290 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(isopropoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 246 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting isopropyl alcohol forethanol. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 12.25 (s, 1H), 8.48 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.27(s, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.61-7.51 (m, 3H), 7.18 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.70(d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 1.04 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 6H);MS [M+H]⁺=503.1; LCMS RT=3.70 min.

Example 291 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(3-tert-butylisoxazol-5-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethylethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 143 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 289 for IntermediateJ. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.14 (s, 1H), 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.89(s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 4H), 6.51(s, 1H),6.06 (s, 1H), 5.74 (s, 1H), 4.75 (t, J=3.8 Hz, 1H), 3.27 (bs, 2) 1.24(s,9H), 1.09 (s, 6H); MS [M+H]⁺=507.1; LCMS RT=2.46 min.

Example 292 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(4,4-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-1,3-oxazol-2-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(3-tert-butylisoxazol-5-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 280 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 291 for Example 279.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.19 (s, 1H), 9.43 (s, 1H), 8.61 (s, 1H), 8.41 (bs,1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),6.12(s, 1H), 5.41 (bs, 1H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 1.41 (s, 6H), 1.24(s, 9H); MS[M+H]⁺=489.1; LCMS RT=2.36 min.

Example 293 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AB for Intermediate X.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.96 to 10.93 (br s, 1H), 9.48 (s, 1H), 8.30 (s,1H), 8.20 to 8.18 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.70 to7.68 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.38 to 7.36 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H),7.08 to 7.06 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 1.28 (s, 9H); MS[M+H]⁺=469.1; LCMS RT=2.44 min.

Example 294 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[3-tert-butyl-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AB for Intermediate Xand by substituting phenyl[3-tert-butyl-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]carbamate for phenyl(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.19 (s, 1H),8.45 (s, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.58 to 7.54 (m,4H), 7.39 to 7.31 (m, 4H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 6.36 (s, 1H), 1.28 (s, 9H); MS[M+H]⁺=552.1; LCMS RT=2.88min.

Example 295 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(3-tert-butyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AB for Intermediate Xand by substituting phenyl(3-tert-butyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)carbamate for phenyl(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.10 (s, 1H),8.54 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.62 to 7.59 (d,J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.35 to 7.33 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 6.05 (s,1H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=472.2; LCMS RT=2.43 min.

Example 296 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(3-tert-butylisoxazol-5-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AB for Intermediate Xand by substituting phenyl (3-tert-butylisoxazol-5-yl)carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 10.21 (s,1H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.62 to7.60 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.38 to 7.35 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.55 (s, 1H),6.07 (s, 1H), 1.26 (s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=459.1; LCMS RT=2.65 min.

Example 297 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AB for Intermediate Xand by substituting phenyl [3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]carbamate forphenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.11 (s,1H), 9.02 (s, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.71 (s,1H), 7.62 to 7.60 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 to 7.38 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H),7.36 to 7.34 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.32 to 7.29 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.96 to6.93 (d, J=10.6, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=496.1; LCMS RT=2.89 min.

Example 298 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AB for Intermediate Xand by substituting phenyl [4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]carbamatefor phenyl (4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.26(s, 1H), 9.08 (s, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.90(s, 1H), 7.64 to 7.61 (m, 4H), 7.37 to 7.35 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.55 (s,1H); MS [M+H]⁺=514.1; LCMS RT=3.02 min.

Example 299 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(2-thienylcarbonyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(3-tert-butylisoxazol-5-yl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 287 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting 2-thienylmagnesium bromidefor methylmagnesium bromide. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.98 (dd,J=1, 4 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J=1, 3 Hz), 7.53 (d, J=6 Hz,2H), 7.30 (d, J=6 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (dd, J=3, 4 Hz, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H) 1.25(s, 9H); MS [M+H]⁺=502.1; LCMS RT=2.98 min.

Example 300 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1-hydroxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 269 was used toprepare the title compound by substituting Example 1 for Example 51.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.41 (s, 1H), 9.01 (d, J=3 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=3, 8Hz, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.47 to 7.54(m, 1H), 7.38 to 7.42 (m, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H); MS [M+H]⁺=475.1;LCMS RT=2.59 min.

Example 301 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

Methanesulfonamide (65 mg, 0.683 mmol) was dissolved in a 1:1 solutionof tert-Butanol:water (5 mL) and treated with AD-mix β (1.0 g). Themixture was then treated with Example 222 (0.3 g, 0.683 mmol) and thereaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. After completion,the solution was treated with solid sodium sulfite (1.5 g) and stirredfor 1 hour. The reaction was then transferred to a sep. funnel and thecrude product was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washedwith water and saturated NaCl solution. The solution was then dried overMgSO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. No purificationwas needed for the title compound isolated as 0.3 g of a tan solid(0.634 mmol, 93% yield). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.88 (bs, 1H), 9.76 (bs,1H), 8.53 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H),7.61 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.37-7.35 (m, 3H), 5.03 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 2H), 4.65(t, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 4.47-4.43 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.38 (m, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=474.0; LCMS RT=2.13 min.

Example 302 Preparation of4-amino-N,N-dimethyl-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 69 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AH for Intermediate Gand dimethylamine for cyclopropylamine. The reaction was stirred for 16h and was purified by HPLC (20-85% acetonitrile in water). ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 9.87 (s, 1H), 9.68 (s, 1H), 8.05 to 7.96 (m, 2H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1 H), 7.57 to 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.49 (dd, J=6.6, 1.6 Hz, 1 H),7.32 to 7.27 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.64 (s, 3H), MS [M+H]⁺=485.0; LCMSRT=2.43 min.

Example 303 Preparation of4-amino-N-ethyl-N-methyl-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 69 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AH for Intermediate Gand N-ethyl-N-methylamine for cyclopropylamine. The reaction was stirredfor 16 h and was purified by HPLC (20-85% acetonitrile in water). ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 9.86 (s, 1H), 9.68 (s, 1H), 8.05 to 7.96 (m, 2H), 7.89 (s,1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.56 to 7.46 (m, 3H), 7.30 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 3.31and 3.06 (diastereomeric quartets, 2H), 2.79 and 2.58 (diastereomericsinglets, 3H), 0.93 and 0.81 (diastereomeric triplets, 3H); MS[M+H]⁺=499.1; LCMS RT=2.55 min.

Example 304 Preparation of4-amino-N,N-diethyl-5-{4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 69 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AH for Intermediate Gand diethylamine for cyclopropylamine. The reaction was stirred for 16 hand was purified by HPLC (20-85% acetonitrile in water). 1H NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 9.85 (s, 1H), 9.67 (s, 1H), 8.05 to 7.96 (m, 2H), 7.89 (s,1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.55 to 7.46 (m, 3H), 7.33 to 7.28 (m, 2H), 3.32 and3.02 (diastereomeric quartets, 2H), 0.94 and 0.82 (diastereomerictriplets, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=513.1; LCMS RT=2.64 min.

Example 305 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(pyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 69 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AH for Intermediate Gand pyrrollidine for cyclopropylamine. The reaction was stirred for 16 hand was purified by HPLC (20-85% acetonitrile in water). ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 9.86 (s, 1H), 9.67 (s, 1H), 8.04 to 7.98 (m, 2H), 7.91 (s,1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.56 to 7.46 (m, 3H), 7.34 to 7.29 (m, 2H), 3.32 (t,J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.11 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.77 to 1.60 (m, 4H); MS[M+H]⁺=511.1; LCMS RT=2.53 min.

Example 306 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(piperidin-1-ylcarbonyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 69 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AH for Intermediate Gand piperidine for cyclopropylamine. The reaction was stirred for 16 hand was purified by HPLC (20-85% acetonitrile in water). ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 9.86 (s, 1H), 9.68 (s, 1H), 8.04 to 7.98 (m, 2H), 7.89 (s,1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.58 to 7.47 (m, 3H), 7.33 to 7.28 (m, 2H), 3.43 (brs, 2 H), 3.04 (br s, 2H), 1.43 to 1.31 (m, 4H), 0.98 (br s, 2H); MS[M+H]⁺=525.1; LCMS RT=2.73 min.

Example 307 Preparation ofN-(4-{4-amino-6-[(2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)carbonyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl}phenyl)-N′-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 69 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AH for Intermediate Gand piperidine for cyclopropylamine. The reaction was stirred for 16 hand was purified by HPLC (20-85% acetonitrile in water). 1H NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 9.85 (s, 1H), 9.68 (s, 1H), 8.05 to 7.97 (m, 2H), 7.89 (s,1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.58 to 7.47 (m, 3H), 7.33 to 7.27 (m, 2H), 2.69 to2.60 (m, 1H), 2.50 (br s, 2H), 1.50 to 1.31 (m, 4H), 0.99 to 0.90 (m,5H); MS [M+H]⁺=539.1; LCMS RT=2.81 min.

Example 308 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluorophenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 276 was used toprepare the title compound by Intermediate AL for Intermediate 7. ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 9.46 (s, 1H), 9.32 (s, 1H), 8.65 to 8.64 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H),8.35 to 8.30 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s,1H), 7.53 to 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.42 to 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.37 to 7.34 (d, J=12.0Hz, 1H), 7.21 to 7.19 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=516.1;LCMS RT=3.01 min.

Example 309 Preparation of4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-[4-({[(3-methoxyphenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate W for Intermediate X andphenyl (3-methoxyphenyl)carbamate for phenyl(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. The reaction was heated at refluxovernight in THF. 1H NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H), 8.04(s, 1H), 7.92 (br s, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 7.54 to7.48 (m, 2H), 7.31 to 7.23 (m, 2H), 7.21 to 7.12 (m, 2H), 6.96 to 6.90(m, 1H), 6.55 (ddd, J=8.1, 2.7, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (br s, 1H), 3.73 (s,3H), 2.70 to 2.62 (m, 1H), 0.64 to 0.58 (m, 2H), 0.44 to 0.38 (m, 2H);MS [M+H]⁺=458.1; LCMS RT=2.38 min.

Example 310 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AO for Intermediate Cand 3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline for 4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline.¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 9.23 to 9.16 (br s, 2H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H),7.89 (s, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.63 to 7.61 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.34 to 7.28(m, 4H), 7.01 to 6.99 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=480.0;LCMS RT=2.84 min.

Example 311 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(3-chlorophenyl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AO for Intermediate Cand 3-chloroaniline for 4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.68to 7.66 (m, 3H), 7.51 to 7.47 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.34 to 7.32 (d, J=8.6Hz, 2H), 7.30 to 7.28 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=446.1;LCMS RT=2.72 min.

Example 312 Preparation ofN-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-(4-chlorophenyl)urea

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 3 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate AO for Intermediate Cand 4-chloroaniline for 4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. ¹H-NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.90(s, 1H), 7.61 to 7.59 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.50 to 7.48 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 2H),7.35 to 7.32 (m, 4H), 6.55 (s, 1H); MS [M+H]⁺=446.1; LCMS RT=2.65 min.

Example 313 Preparation of4-amino-5-[4-({[(3-methoxyphenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

The procedure used for the preparation of Example 73 was used to preparethe title compound by substituting Intermediate M for Intermediate X andphenyl (3-methoxyphenyl)carbamate for phenyl(4-tert-butylpyridin-2-yl)carbamate. The reaction was heated at refluxovernight in THF. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.72 (s, 1H), 8.48(dd, J=6.4, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.00 (br s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H),7.52 to 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.30 to 7.23 (m, 2H), 7.21 to 7.12 (m, 2H), 6.96to 6.90 (m 1H), 6.54 (ddd, J=8.2, 2.6, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (br s, 1H),4.02 to 3.90 (m, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H); MS [M+H]⁺=500.2; LCMS RT=2.61 min.

The following further examples can be synthesized according to thesynthetic procedures outlined above:

4-amino-5-[4-({[(3-phenoxyphenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-[4-({[(3-phenoxyphenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-5-{4-[({[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-{4-[({[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-5-{4-[({[3-(tri fluoromethoxy)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-{4-[({[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-5-(4-{[(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylamino)carbonyl]amino}phenyl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-5-(4-{[(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylamino)carbonyl]amino}phenyl)-N-cyclopropylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-5-[4-({[(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-[4-({[(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-5-{4-[({[3-(3-ethylphenoxy)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-5-{4-[({[3-(2-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-5-(4-{[({3-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]phenyl}amino)carbonyl]amino}phenyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-{4-[({[3-(2-methylphenoxy)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-{4-[({[3-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-{4-[({[3-(3-methoxyphenoxy)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-(tert-butyl)-5-[4-({[(3-phenoxyphenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-5-{4-[({ο4-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-2-yl]anilino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-{4-[({[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-5-{3-fluoro-4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-5-{2-methyl-4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-5-{3-methoxy-4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-{2-fluoro-4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-{3-ethyl-4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-cyclopropyl-5-{3-(trifluoromethoxy)-4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-(tert-butyl)-5-{3-fluoro-4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-(tert-butyl)-5-{2-methyl-4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-(tert-butyl)-5-{3-methoxy-4-[({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-(tert-butyl)-5-{4-[({[3-(2-methylphenoxy)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-(tert-butyl)-5-{4-[({[3-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

4-amino-N-(tert-butyl)-5-{4-[({[3-(3-methoxyphenoxy)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2,6-difluorophenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2,6-difluorophenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-chlorophenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-chlorophenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

N-[4-(6-acetyl-4-aminopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)-2-fluorophenyl]-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(cyclopropylcarbonyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluorophenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

N-[4-(4-amino-6-glycoloylpyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)-2-fluorophenyl]-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-thiazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-thiazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(morpholin-4-ylacetyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(methoxyacetyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(cyanomethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluorophenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(cyanomethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluorophenyl}-N′-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(5-methylisoxazol-3-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-[(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-[(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

4-amino-5-{4-[({[4-[(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]phenyl}-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-6-carboxamide

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]phenyl}-N′-[4-[(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluorophenyl}-N′-[4-[(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea

N-{4-[4-amino-6-(1,3-oxazol-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl]-2-fluorophenyl}-N′-[4-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ureaB. EVALUATION OF PHYSIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY

The in vitro effect of the compounds according to the invention can bedemonstrated in the following assays:

Growth Factor Stimulated p-ERK assay in HUVECs

Exponentially growing human endothelial HUVECs cells (human umbilicalvein endothelial cells, cat# CC-2517, Cambrex, Walkersville, Md.) wereseeded at twenty five thousand cells/well in 96 well plates in EBM-2 MVmedium with growth factors (cat# CC-3202, Cambrex) and grown at 37° C.in 5% CO₂. Sixteen hours post-plating, the cells were changed toserum-free medium (RPMI 1640 containing 0.1% BSA (bovine serum albumin)and compounds were added at different concentrations for 2 hrs, afterwhich the cells were stimulated for 10 min with 50 ng/ml of either VEGF(vascular endothelial growth factor, Protein Sciences, Meriden, Conn.)or bFGF (basic fibroblast growth factor cat# PHG0026, BiosourceInternational, Camarillo, Calif.). The rest of the assay was performedper manufacturer indications for the ERK1/2 Bioplex assay(cat#171-304004, Bio-Rad, Hercules, Calif.). After removing culturemedium by aspiration, the cells were quickly rinsed with 100 μl of cellwash buffer A to stop treatment reaction. Eighty microliters of celllysis buffer were then immediately added to each well of the 96 wellplate which was put on ice. Cells in each well were lysed by pipettingup and down 5 times with a multi-channel pipet. The plate was thenagitated on a microtiter plate shaker at 300 rpm for 20 min at 4° C.Cellular debris were pelleted by centrifugation at 4500 g for 15 min at4° C. and the supernatant was collected. Forty five microliters ofsupernatant was diluted with an equal volume of Bio-Plex phosphoproteinassay Buffer B, The coupled and color coated beads were added into a 96well filter plate, and the prepared lysates were added. The beads andlysate mixture was incubated at room temperature for 15-18 hrs. Thefollowing day, the plate was vacuum-filtered and then washed 3×.Twenty-five microliters of detection antibody solution were added toeach well and the plate was then incubated for 30 min at roomtemperature. The plate was then vaccum-filtered and washed as describedpreviously. Fifty microliters of streptavidin-PE solution was added toeach well, the plate was incubated for 10 min at room temperature andthen was then vaccum-filtered and washed as described above. One hundredtwenty-five microliters of resuspension buffer was added to each welland data were acquired on the Luminex 100 instrument (Bio-Rad).Compounds of examples 1, 8, 9, 12, 23, 27, 30, 32, 49, 59 and 70demonstrate an inhibition greater than 50% @ 100 nM in the VEGFstimulated Phospho-ERK in RUVEC assay. Compounds of examples 11, 22, 24,26, 29, 37, 39, 41, 47, 66, 75, 85, 93, 99, 100, 131, 143, 146 and 168demonstrate an inhibition greater than 50% @ 1 μM but less than 50% @100 nM in the VEGF stimulated Phospho-ERK in HUVEC assay. Compounds ofexamples 14, 18, 62, 96, 98, 104 and 140 demonstrate an inhibitiongreater than 50% @ 10 μM but less than 50% @ 100 nM and 1 μM in the VEGFstimulated Phospho-ERK in HUVEC assay.

BRDU Growth Factor Stimulated Proliferation of HUVEC

Exponentially growing human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUVEC;Cat# CC-2519A, Cambrex, Walkersville, Md.) were seeded at two thousandcells/well into Collagen IV-coated 96 well plates (Cat#35-4429, BectonDickinson, Bedford, Mass.) in assay media containing RPMI-1640(Cat#11875-093, Gibco, Carlsbad, Calif.), 0.5% charcoal-stripped serum(Cat# SH30068.03, HyClone, Logan, Utah), and 1% N-2 supplement(Cat#17502-048, Gibco, Carlsbad, Calif.). Fours hours after incubatingthe plates at 37° C. in 5% CO₂, the cells were treated with differentconcentrations of compound (diluted in assay media with a final DMSOconcentration=0.1%) and then were immediately stimulated with 80 ng/mlof vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF, Cat#100-20, PeproTech,Rocky Hill, N.J.) or 1.5 ng/ml of basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF,Catt#100-18B, PeproTech, Rocky Hill, N.J.). Treated cells were incubatedfor 3 days at 37° C. in 5% CO₂. DNA synthesis was measured via theincorporation of bromodeoxyuridine (BrdU) into newly synthesized DNAusing the Amersham Cell Proliferation BioTrack ELISA system (Cat#RPN250, Amersham, Piscataway, N.J.). Diluted BrdU solution (20 μl ofstock BrdU diluted 1:20 fold into assay media) was added to each welland incubation proceeded for 6 hours at 37° C. in 5% CO₂. The media wasremoved and the cells were fixed according to the specifications of theAmersham assay kit for 30 minutes at room temperature. After removingthe fixative, blocking buffer (supplied by Amersham kit; 200 μl/well)was added and the plates were stored at 4° C. overnight. The blockingbuffer was aspirated and peroxidase-labeled anti-BrdU antibody (suppliedby Amersham kit; 100 μl/well) was added and incubated for 3 hours atroom temperature. The plates were washed three times with wash buffer(supplied by Amersham kit; 300 μl/well/wash). Immediately following thewashes, 100 μl of the TMB-substrate was dispensed into each well and theplates were further incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature. Thereaction was terminated by the addition of 25 μl of 1M H₂SO₄. Plateswere read immediately at 450 nm using a SpectraMAX 250 spectrophotometerplate reader (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, Calif.). The softwareutilized was SoftMAX pro v.2.4.1.

Compounds of examples 70, 101, 218 and 226 demonstrate an IC₅₀ of lessthan 10 nM in the VEGFR stimulated HUVEC proliferation assay. Compoundsof examples 103, 151, 155, 157, 159, 162, 223, 233, 234, 239 and 243demonstrate an IC₅₀ greater than 10 nM but less than 100 nM in the VEGFRstimulated HUVEC proliferation assay. Compounds of examples 30, 99, 102,152, 240 and 247 demonstrate an IC₅₀ greater than 100 nM but less than500 nM in the VEGFR stimulated HUVEC proliferation assay. Compounds ofexamples 100 and 163 demonstrate an IC₅₀ greater than 500 nM but lessthan 2 μM in the VEGFR stimulated HUVEC proliferation assay.

Compounds of examples 70, 99, 101, 103, 151 and 223 demonstrate an IC₅₀of less than 100 nM in the FGFR stimulated HUVEC proliferation assay.Compounds of examples 30, 102, 152, 155, 157, 159, 162, 218, 226, 233,234, 239, 243 and 247 demonstrate an IC₅₀ greater than 100 nM but lessthan 500 nM in the FGFR stimulated HUVEC proliferation assay. Compoundof example 240 demonstrates an IC₅₀ greater than 500 nM but less than 1μM in the FGFR stimulated HUVEC proliferation assay.

Tumor Cell Proliferation

Human tumor cells (e.g., HCT116 or MDA-MB-231 cells), are seeded in aCostar 96-well plate at 3.0×10³ cells/well and grown in 150 μl of RPMIcomplete media (Invitrogen Corporation, Grand Island, N.Y.) containing10% fetal bovine serum (Hyclone, Logan, Utah) at 37° C. for 16 h in anincubator with 5% CO₂. To each well, 50 μl of additional growth mediacontaining 40 μM to 18 nM concentrations of compound with 0.4% DMSO isadded. Cells are grown for another 72 h at 37° C. with 5% CO₂. 20 μl ofAlamar Blue (Trek Diagnostic Systems, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio) reagent isadded to each well and incubated for 3 h at 37° C. Plates are read in aSpectraMax Gemini (Molecular Devices, Calif.) with 544 nm excitation and590 nm emission wavelength. IC₅₀ values are determined by linearregression analysis of log drug concentration versus percent inhibition.

Compounds of examples 25, 70, 93, 155, 235 and 237 demonstrate an IC₅₀of less than 500 nM in the HCT116 proliferation assay. Compounds ofexamples 59, 69, 71, 76, 156, 159, 161, 162, 223, 239, 241, 256 and 257demonstrate an IC₅₀ greater than 500 nM but less than 1.5 μM in theHCT116 proliferation assay. Compounds of examples 30, 73, 74, 82, 99,100, 102, 149, 157, 163, 217, 225, 226, 232, 233, 234, 240, 242, 243,247, 248, 254 and 255 demonstrate an IC₅₀ greater than 1.5 μM but lessthan 5 μM in the HCT116 proliferation assay. Compounds of examples 84,94, 103, 153 and 218 demonstrate an IC₅₀ greater than 5 μM but less than10 μM in the HCT116 proliferation assay.

Compounds of examples 25, 70, 71, 155 and 156 demonstrate an IC₅₀ ofless than 500 nM in the MDA-MB-231 proliferation assay. Compounds ofexamples 59, 82, 93, 99, 149, 159, 217, 223, 235, 239, 248, 251, 255,256 and 257 demonstrate an IC₅₀ greater than 500 nM but less than 1.5 μMin the MDA-MB-231 proliferation assay. Compounds of examples 69, 73, 74,76, 94, 100, 157, 161, 162, 163, 225, 226, 232, 233, 234, 237, 240, 241,242, 243, 247 and 254 demonstrate an IC₅₀ greater than 1.5 μM but lessthan 5 μM in the MDA-MB-231 proliferation assay. Compounds of examples102, 103, 153 and 218 demonstrate an IC₅₀ greater than 5 μM but lessthan 10 μM in the MDA-MB-231 proliferation assay.

p-Histone3

Compounds were assayed for the inhibition of histone 3 phosphorylationin colon carcinoma (HCT116). Briefly, 20,000 cells/well were seeded in a96-well black-walled, poly-d-lysine plates in RPMI+10% FBS and incubatedat 37° C. in 5% CO₂ overnight. The following day, the cells were treatedwith compounds for 24 hours at 37° C. Following compound treatment;plates were centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 2 minutes and washed twice with100 μl of cold sterile TBS. Cells were then fixed with cold 3.7%formaldehyde in TBS (4° C. for 1 hour) and then permeabolized with 0.1%Triton-X-100 in TBS (room temperature for 30 minutes). Plates were thenwashed with of 0.25% BSA-TBS and blocked with BSA solution for 1 hour atroom temperature while shaking. The supernatant was removed and replacedwith diluted primary antibody (anti-phospho-histone 3, serine 10, CellSignaling) at 1:250 in 0.25% BSA-TBS and incubated overnight at 4° C.The plates were washed and treated with diluted secondary antibody(anti-rabbit Eu-labeled) at 1:10000 in 0.25% BSA-TBS (room temperaturefor 1 hour). The antibody solution was removed from each well and washedeight times. The wash buffer was replaced with 50 μl pre-warmedenhancement solution and mixed on the orbital shaker for 10 minutes.Fluorescence was detected with a Victor V Fluorescence Detector. Thedata are expressed as percent inhibition: % inhibition=100−((Signal withinhibitor-background)/(Signal without inhibitor-background))×100.Compounds of examples 88, 92, 139, 164, 165, 171, 176 and 177demonstrate an IC₅₀ of less than 500 nM in the p-histone3 assay.Compounds of examples 7, 13, 59, 167 and 204 demonstrate an IC₅₀ greaterthan 500 nM but less than 1 μM in the p-histone3 assay.

The in vivo effect of the compounds according to the invention can bedemonstrated in tumor xenograft experiments, such as described inWilhelm, S. et al. Cancer Res. 2004, 64, 7099-09.

C. OPERATIVE EXAMPLES RELATING TO PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS

The compounds according to the invention can be converted intopharmaceutical preparations as follows:

Tablet:

Composition:

100 mg of the compound of Example 1, 50 mg of lactose (monohydrate), 50mg of maize starch (native), 10 mg of polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP 25)(from BASF, Ludwigshafen, Germany) and 2 mg of magnesium stearate.

Tablet weight 212 mg, diameter 8 mm, curvature radius 12 mm.

Preparation:

The mixture of active component, lactose and starch is granulated with a5% solution (m/m) of the PVP in water. After drying, the granules aremixed with magnesium stearate for 5 min. This mixture is moulded using acustomary tablet press (tablet format, see above). The moulding forceapplied is typically 15 kN.

Suspension for Oral Administration:

Composition:

1000 mg of the compound of Example 1, 1000 mg of ethanol (96%), 400 mgof Rhodigel (xanthan gum from FMC, Pennsylvania, USA) and 99 g of water.

A single dose of 100 mg of the compound according to the invention isprovided by 10 ml of oral suspension.

Preparation:

The Rhodigel is suspended in ethanol and the active component is addedto the suspension. The water is added with stirring. Stirring iscontinued for about 6 h until the swelling of the Rhodigel is complete.

Solution for Intravenous Administration 1:

Composition: 100-200 mg of the compound of Example 1, 15 gpolyethylenglykol 400 and 250 g water optionally with up to 15%Cremophor EL, and optionally up to 15% ethyl alcohol, and optionally upto 2 equivalents of a pharmaceutically suitable acid such as citric acidor hydrochloric acid.

Preparation:

The compound of Example 1 and the polyethylenglykol 400 are dissolved inthe water with stirring. The solution is sterile filtered (pore size0.22 μm) and filled into heat sterilized infusion bottles underaseptical conditions. The infusion bottles are being sealed with rubberseals.

Solution for Intravenous Administration 2:

Composition: 100-200 mg of the compound of Example 1, saline solution,optionally with up to 15% by weight of Cremophor EL, and optionally upto 15% by weight of ethyl alcohol, and optionally up to 2 equivalents ofa pharmaceutically suitable acid such as citric acid or hydrochloricacid.

Preparation:

The compound of Example 1 is dissolved in the saline solution withstirring. Optionally Cremophor EL, ethyl alcohol or acid are added. Thesolution is sterile filtered (pore size 0.22 μm) and filled into heatsterilized infusion bottles under aseptical conditions. The infusionbottles are being sealed with rubber seals.

It should be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art that changesand modifications can be made to this invention without departing fromthe spirit or scope of the invention as it is set forth herein.

1. A compound of formula (I)

wherein R¹ is selected from the group consisting of aryl, benzyl, andheteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl can be optionally substitutedwith 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents independently selected from the groupconsisting of (C₁-C₄)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₄)alkyl can be substituted with0, 1, 2 or 3 halogen, 0 or 1 heterocyclyl, or 0 or 1 (C₁-C₃)alkoxy,wherein (C₁-C₃)alkoxy can be optionally substituted with(C₁-C₃)alkylamino, (C₁-C₃)alkoxy, wherein (C₁-C₃)alkoxy can beoptionally substituted with (C₁-C₃)alkylamino, halogen, trifluoromethyl,trifluoromethoxy, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, phenyl optionally substituted with1 or 2 halogen,

wherein X is CH₂, O, S or NR¹⁻¹, and wherein R¹⁻¹ is hydrogen or(C₁-C₆)alkyl, nitro, cyano, (C₁-C₃)alkylthio, trifluoromethylthio,(C₁-C₃)alkylcarbonyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, and phenoxy, whereinphenoxy can optionally be substituted with 0, 1 or 2 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of (C₁-C₆)alkyl,(C₁-C₆)alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, and halogen, and wherein benzyl can besubstituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 groups selected from halogen,(C₁-C₃)alkyl, and (C₁-C₃)alkoxy; R² is selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, halogen, (C₁-C₄)alkyl and (C₁-C₄)alkoxy; R³ isselected from the group consisting of carboxyl, formyl,(C₁-C₆)alkylcarbonyl optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsselected from fluorine, chlorine, hydroxy, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, andheterocycle, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkylcarbonyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl optionallysubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from amino, and(C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl, wherein(C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can optionally be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of(C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, halogen, amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, hydroxy,(C₁-C₆)alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, (C₁-C₆)alkylthio,(C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonylamino, and methylsulfonyl, and wherein(C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can optionally be substituted with or 0 or 1heterocyclyl, wherein heterocyclyl can optionally be substituted with 0or 1 (C₁-C₆)alkyl, and wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can optionallybe substituted with 0 or 1 phenyl, wherein phenyl can optionally besubstituted with 0 or 1 halogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, or (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,heterocyclylcarbonyl optionally substituted with 0 or 1 amino,(C₁-C₆)alkylamino, cycloalkyl, or (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl canoptionally be substituted with 0 or 1 amino or (C₁-C₆)alkylamino,(C₁-C₆)alkyl optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of a) hydroxyl, b)amino, c) (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylamino can besubstituted with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, methoxy,methylthio, and methylsulfonyl, d) arylamino, wherein arylamino can besubstituted with 0, 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, and trifluoromethyl, e)heterocyclyl, wherein heterocyclyl can be substituted with 0, 1 or 2(C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can be substituted with 0, 1 or 2hydroxy, methoxy or pyridyl, f) imidazolyl, g) pyridylamino, h)(C₁-C3)alkoxy optionally substituted by fluoro up to the perfluorolevel, or by heterocycle, wherein heterocycle can optionally besubstituted by 0 or 1 (C₁-C₆)alkyl, i) (C₁-C₃)alkoxy(C₂-C₃)alkoxy, andj) (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, k) (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, l) cyano, (C₁-C₆)alkoxyoptionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, andheterocyclyl, wherein heterocyclyl can be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3(C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkylaminocarbonyl optionally substituted with(C₁-C₃)alkyl, cyano, heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl can be substitutedwith 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the groupconsisting of q) (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can be substitutedwith 0, 1, 2, or 3 halogen, 0 or 1 heterocyclyl, 0 or 1 alkylamino, or 0or 1 hydroxy or methoxy, r) halogen, s) amino, t) alkylamino, u)(C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, and v) (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, heteroarylcarbonyl,which can be substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independentlyselected from the group consisting of (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyland halogen, heterocyclyl, wherein heterocyclyl can be substituted with0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of(C₁-C₆)alkyl and (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl; and R⁴ is selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy and halogen;or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 2. The compound of claim1, wherein R¹ is selected from the group consisting of phenyl andmonocyclic heteroaryl having 5 or 6 ring atoms, wherein phenyl andheteroaryl can be optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4substituents independently selected from the group consisting of(C₁-C₄)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₄)alkyl can be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3halogen, 0 or 1 pyrrolidinyl, 0 or 1 morpholinyl, or 0 or 1(C₁-C₃)alkoxy wherein (C₁-C₃)alkoxy can be optionally substituted with(C₁-C₃)alkylamino, (C₁-C₃)alkoxy, wherein (C₁-C₃)alkoxy can beoptionally substituted with (C₁-C₃)alkylamino, halogen, trifluoromethyl,trifluoromethoxy, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, phenyl optionally substituted with1 or 2 halogen, trifluoromethylthio; R² is selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, halogen, (C₁-C₄)alkyl and (C₁-C₄)alkoxy; R³ isselected from the group consisting of carboxyl, formyl,(C₁-C₆)alkylcarbonyl optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsselected from fluorine, chlorine, hydroxy, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, and monocyclicheterocycle having 5 or 6 ring atoms, (C₃-C6)cycloalkylcarbonyl,(C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsselected from amino, and (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl,(C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl canoptionally be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, halogen, amino,(C₁-C₆)alkylamino, hydroxy, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl,(C₁-C₆)alkylthio, (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonylamino, and methylsulfonyl, andwherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can optionally be substituted with 0or 1 hydroxyl or 0 or 1 monocyclic heterocyclyl having 5 or 6 ringatoms, wherein heterocyclyl can optionally be substituted with 0 or 1(C₁-C₆)alkyl, and wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can optionally besubstituted with 0 or 1 phenyl, wherein phenyl can optionally besubstituted with 0 or 1 halogen or (C₁-C₆)alkyl, monocyclicheterocyclylcarbonyl having 5 or 6 ring atoms, optionally substitutedwith 0 or 1 amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, or(C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can optionally be substituted with 0or 1 amino or (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, (C₁-C₆)alkyl optionally substitutedwith 0, 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from the groupconsisting of a) hydroxyl, b) amino, c) (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, wherein(C₁-C₆)alkylamino can be substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino,alkylamino, methoxy, methylthio, and methylsulfonyl, e) monocyclicheterocyclyl having 5 or 6 ring atoms, wherein heterocyclyl can besubstituted with 0, 1 or 2 (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can besubstituted with 0, 1 or 2 hydroxy, methoxy or pyridyl, f) imidazolyl,h) (C₁-C₃)alkoxy optionally substituted by fluoro up to the perfluorolevel, or by monocyclic heterocycle having 5 or 6 ring atoms, whereinheterocycle can optionally be substituted by 0 or 1 (C₁-C₆)alkyl, i)(C₁-C₃)alkoxy(C₂-C₃)alkoxy, and j) (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, k)(C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, l) cyano, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkylaminocarbonyl optionallysubstituted with (C₁-C₃)alkyl, cyano, heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl canbe substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from thegroup consisting of a) (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can besubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 halogen, 0 or 1 monocyclic heterocyclylhaving 5 or 6 ring atoms, 0 or 1 alkylamino, or 0 or 1 hydroxy ormethoxy, b) halogen, e) (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, and f) (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,monocyclic heteroarylcarbonyl having 5 or 6 ring atoms, monocyclicheterocyclyl having 5 or 6 ring atoms, wherein heterocyclyl can besubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from thegroup consisting of (C₁-C₆)alkyl and (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl; and R⁴ isselected from the group consisting of hydrogen and halogen; or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thererof.
 3. The compound of claim 1,wherein R¹ is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyrazolyl,oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl, whereinphenyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, andpyrimidinyl can be optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4substituents independently selected from the group consisting of(C₁-C₄)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₄)alkyl can be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3halogen, (C₁-C₃)alkoxy, wherein (C₁-C₃)alkoxy can be optionallysubstituted with (C₁-C₃)alkylamino, halogen, trifluoromethyl,trifluoromethoxy, cyclopropyl, phenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2halogen; R² is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoroand chloro; R³ is selected from the group consisting of(C₁-C₆)alkylcarbonyl optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsselected from fluorine, chlorine, hydroxy, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, piperazinyl,morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and piperidinyl, cyclopropylcarbonyl,aminocarbonyl, (C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl, wherein(C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can optionally be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of(C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, halogen, amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, hydroxy,(C₁-C₆)alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, (C₁-C₆)alkylthio,(C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonylamino, and methylsulfonyl, and wherein(C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can optionally be substituted with 0 or 1hydroxyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl, whereinpiperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl can optionally besubstituted with 0 or 1 (C₁-C₆)alkyl, and wherein(C₁-C₆)alkylaminocarbonyl can optionally be substituted with 0 or 1phenyl, wherein phenyl can optionally be substituted with 0 or 1 halogenor (C₁-C₆)alkyl, heterocyclylcarbonyl selected from piperazinylcarbonyl,morpholinylcarbonyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl or piperidinylcarbonyl,optionally substituted with 0 or 1 amino, (C₁-C₆)alkylamino,(C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, or (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can optionallybe substituted with 0 or 1 amino or (C₁-C₆)alkylamino, (C₁-C₆)alkyloptionally substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of a) hydroxyl, c) (C₁-C₆)alkylamino,wherein (C₁-C₆)alkylamino can be substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, alkylamino, and methoxy, e) piperazinyl, morpholinyl,pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl, wherein piperazinyl, morpholinyl,pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl can be substituted with 0, 1 or 2(C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein (C₁-C₆)alkyl can be substituted with 0, 1 or 2hydroxy or methoxy, f) imidazolyl, h) (C₁-C₃)alkoxy optionallysubstituted by fluoro up to the perfluoro level, or by monocyclicheterocycle having 5 or 6 ring atoms, wherein heterocycle can optionallybe substituted by 0 or 1 (C₁-C₆)alkyl, i) (C₁-C₃)alkoxy(C₂-C₃)alkoxy,and j) (C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyl, k) (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, l) cyano,(C₃-C₆)cycloalkylaminocarbonyl optionally substituted with (C₁-C₃)alkyl,cyano, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl,pyridinyl, imidazolyl or pyrimidinyl, wherein pyrazolyl, oxazolyl,isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridinyl, imidazolyl orpyrimidinyl can be substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independentlyselected from the group consisting of a) (C₁-C₆)alkyl, wherein(C₁-C₆)alkyl can be substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 halogen, 0 or 1alkylamino, or 0 or 1 methoxy, b) halogen, and f) (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,pyrazolylcarbonyl, oxazolylcarbonyl, isoxazolylcarbonyl,thiazolylcarbonyl, pyridinylcarbonyl or pyrimidinylcarbonyl; and R⁴ isselected from the group consisting of hydrogen and fluoro; or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thererof.
 4. A process for preparing acompound of claim 1, wherein a compound of formula (II)

wherein R², R³ and R⁴ have the meaning indicated in claim 1, is reactedwith an isocyanate compound of formula (III)R¹—NCO   (III) or with an carbamate of formula (VI)R¹—NH—C(O)—OPh   (VI), wherein R¹ has the meaning indicated in claim 1;or a compound of formula (IV)

wherein R¹, R², R³ and R⁴ have the meaning indicated in claim 1, isreacted with an amine of formula (V)R¹—NH₂   (V), wherein R¹ has the meaning indicated in claim
 1. 5. Acompound of claim 1 for the treatment or prevention of disorders.
 6. Apharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim
 1. 7. Thepharmaceutical composition of claim 6 in combination with at least onepharmaceutically acceptable, pharmaceutically safe carrier or excipient.8. A process for preparing the pharmaceutical composition of claim 7,comprising combining at least one compound of claim 1 with at least onepharmaceutically acceptable, pharmaceutically safe carrier or excipient,mixing the combination and bringing the combination into a suitableadministration form.
 9. A use of the compound of claim 1 formanufacturing a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment ofproliferative disorders.
 10. A pharmaceutical composition of claim 6 or7 for the treatment or prevention of proliferative disorders.
 11. Amethod of treating a disease or condition in a mammal, comprisingadministering to a mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effectiveamount of a compound of formula (I).
 12. The method of claim 11, whereinthe disease or condition is cancer.
 13. The method of claim 11, whereinsaid therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I)exhibits an effect on angiogenesis.